More annual reports from Tri Counties Bank:
2023 ReportPeers and competitors of Tri Counties Bank:
OP BancorpTable of Contents UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION Washington D.C. 20549 _____________________ FORM 10-K _____________________ Annual Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019 Commission File Number 0-10661 _____________________ TriCo Bancshares (Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter) _____________________ California (State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) 63 Constitution Drive, Chico, California (Address of principal executive offices) 94-2792841 (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.) 95973 (Zip Code) Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (530) 898-0300 Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: Title of each class Common Stock Trading Symbol(s) TCBK Name of exchange on which registered NASDAQ Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None. _____________________ Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. x Yes o No Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter periods that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. o Yes x No x Yes o No Table of Contents Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See definitions of “accelerated filer”, “large accelerated filer”, “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. x Yes o No o Large accelerated filer x Non-accelerated filer o Smaller reporting company ☐ Emerging growth company ☐ If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. o Accelerated filer Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). ☐ Yes x No The aggregate market value of the voting common stock held by non-affiliates of the Registrant, as of June 30, 2019, was approximately $1,003,743,000 (based on the closing sales price of the Registrant’s common stock on June 28, 2019). The number of shares outstanding of Registrant’s common stock, as of February 24, 2020, was 30,432,929. DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE The information required to be disclosed pursuant to Part III of this report either shall be (i) deemed to be incorporated by reference from selected portions of the Registrant’s definitive proxy statement for the annual meeting of shareholders to be held on May 27, 2020, if such proxy statement is filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Regulation 14A not later than 120 days after the end of the Registrants’s most recently completed fiscal year, or (ii) included in an amendment to this report filed with the Commission on Form 10-K/A not later than the end of such 120 day period. Table of Contents PART I Item 1 Business Item 1A Risk Factors Item 1B Unresolved Staff Comments TABLE OF CONTENTS Item 2 Item 3 Item 4 PART II Item 5 Item 6 Item 7 Properties Legal Proceedings Mine Safety Disclosures Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities Selected Financial Data Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations Item 7A Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk Item 8 Item 9 Financial Statements and Supplementary Data Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure Item 9A Controls and Procedures Item 9B Other Information PART III Item 10 Item 11 Item 12 Item 13 Item 14 PART IV Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance Executive Compensation Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence Principal Accountant Fees and Services Item 15 Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules Signatures FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS Page Number 2 7 16 16 16 16 17 19 20 43 44 107 107 107 108 108 108 108 108 109 110 In addition to historical information, this Annual Report on Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements about TriCo Bancshares (the “Company,” “TriCo” or “we”) and its subsidiaries for which it claims the protection of the safe harbor provisions contained in the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These forward-looking statements are based on the current knowledge and belief of the Company’s management (“Management”) and include information concerning the Company’s possible or assumed future financial condition and results of operations. When you see any of the words “believes”, “expects”, “anticipates”, “estimates”, or similar expressions, these generally indicate that we are making forward-looking statements. A number of factors, some of which are beyond the Company’s ability to predict or control, could cause future results to differ materially from those contemplated. These factors include those listed at Item 1A Risk Factors, in this report. Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date they are made, and the Company does not undertake to update forward-looking statements to reflect circumstances or events that occur after the date the forward-looking statements are made, whether as a result of new information, future developments or otherwise. Table of Contents ITEM 1. BUSINESS Information about TriCo Bancshares’ Business PART I TriCo Bancshares is a bank holding company incorporated in California in 1981 and registered under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (the “BHC Act”). The Company’s principal subsidiary is Tri Counties Bank, a California-chartered commercial bank (the “Bank”) was established in Chico, California in 1975. The Bank offers a unique brand of customer Service with Solutions® available in traditional stand-alone and in-store bank branches in communities throughout Northern and Central California and had total assets of approximately $6.5 billion at December 31, 2019. The Bank provides an extensive and competitive breadth of consumer, small business and commercial banking services easily accessed through its California communities branch network, advanced online and mobile banking, a shared nationwide network of over 32,000 ATMs, and bankers available by phone 7 days per week. The Bank’s deposits are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”) up to applicable limits. See “Business of Tri Counties Bank”. The Company and the Bank are headquartered in Chico, California. As a bank holding company, TriCo is subject to the supervision of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “FRB”) under the BHC Act. The Bank is subject to the supervision of the California Department of Business Oversight (the “DBO”) and the FDIC. See “Regulation and Supervision.” TriCo has five capital trusts, which are all wholly-owned trust subsidiaries formed for the purpose of issuing trust preferred securities (“Trust Preferred Securities”) and lending the proceeds to TriCo. For more information regarding the trust preferred securities please refer to “Note 14 – Junior Subordinated Debt” to the financial statements at Item 8 of this report. Additional information concerning the Company can be found on our website at www.tcbk.com. Copies of our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to these reports are available free of charge through the investors relations page of our website, www.tcbk.com, as soon as reasonably practicable after the Company files these reports with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). The information on our website is not part this annual report. Business of Tri Counties Bank The Bank was incorporated as a California banking corporation on June 26, 1974, and received its certificate of authority to conduct banking operations on March 11, 1975. The Bank engages in the general commercial banking business in 29 counties in Northern and Central California. The Bank provides a breadth of personal, small business and commercial financial services including accepting demand, savings and time deposits and making small business, commercial, real estate, and consumer loans, as well as a range of Treasury Management Services and other customary banking services including safe deposit boxes. Brokerage services are provided at the Bank’s offices by the Bank’s arrangement with Raymond James Financial Services, Inc., an independent financial services provider and broker-dealer. Over 80% of the Bank’s customers are personal banking customers. Less than 20% are business and commercial banking customers serving a diverse number of industry types including manufacturing, real estate development, retail, wholesale, transportation, agriculture, commerce and professional services. The majority of the Bank’s loans are direct loans made to individuals and businesses in Northern and Central California where its branches are located. At December 31, 2019, the Bank’s consumer loans net of deferred fees outstanding was $455,542,000 (10.6%), commercial loans outstanding were $283,707,000 (6.6%), real estate construction loans of $249,827,000 (5.8%), and non-construction real estate mortgage loans were $3,328,290,000 (77.3%) of total loans. The Bank takes real estate, listed and unlisted securities, savings and time deposits, automobiles, machinery, equipment, inventory, accounts receivable and notes receivable secured by property as collateral for loans. Most of the Bank’s deposits are attracted from individuals and business-related sources. No single person or group of persons provides a material portion of the Bank’s deposits, the loss of any one or more of which would have a materially adverse effect on the business of the Bank, nor is a material portion of the Bank’s loans concentrated within a single industry or group of related industries. Merger with FNB Bancorp On December 11, 2017, the Company and FNB Bancorp (“FNBB”), entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger and Reorganization (the “Merger Agreement”) pursuant to which FNBB will be merged with and into TriCo, with TriCo as the surviving corporation (the “Merger”). The Merger Agreement provided that immediately after the Merger, FNBB’s bank subsidiary, First National Bank of Northern California (“First National Bank”), will merge with and into TriCo’s bank subsidiary, Tri Counties Bank, with Tri Counties Bank as the surviving bank (the “Bank Merger”). The Merger and Bank Merger are collectively referred to as the “Merger Transaction.” The Merger Agreement provided that each share of FNBB common stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the effective time of the Merger would be canceled and converted into the right to receive 0.98 shares of TriCo common stock (the “Exchange Ratio”), with cash paid in lieu of fractional shares of TriCo common stock. 2 Table of Contents Based on the closing price of TriCo common stock of $41.64 on December 8, 2017, the consideration value was $40.81 per share of FNBB common stock or approximately $315.3 million in aggregate. On July 6, 2018, the Merger Transaction was completed. Based on the closing price of TriCo’s common stock of $38.41 on July 6, 2018, and based on the conversion of FNBB outstanding common shares to 7,405,277 shares of TCBK common shares, the share consideration value was approximately $284.4 million. The Company also paid cash of $6.7 million to settle and retire all FNBB stock options outstanding as of the acquisition date. Employees At December 31, 2019, the Company employed 1,184 persons, including five executive officers. Full time equivalent employees were 1,165. No employees of the Company are presently represented by a union or covered under a collective bargaining agreement. Management believes that its employee relations are good. Competition The banking business in California generally, and in the Bank’s primary service area of Northern and Central California specifically, is highly competitive with respect to both loans and deposits. It is dominated by a relatively small number of national and regional banks with many offices operating over a wide geographic area. Among the advantages such major banks have over the Bank is their ability to finance wide ranging advertising campaigns and to allocate their investment assets to regions of high yield and demand. By virtue of their greater total capitalization such institutions have substantially higher lending limits than does the Bank. In addition to competing with other banks, the Bank competes with savings institutions, credit unions and the financial markets for funds. Yields on corporate and government debt securities and other commercial paper may be higher than on deposits, and therefore affect the ability of commercial banks to attract and hold deposits. Commercial banks also compete for available funds with money market instruments and mutual funds. During past periods of high interest rates, money market funds have provided substantial competition to banks for deposits and they may continue to do so in the future. Mutual funds are also a major source of competition for savings dollars. The Bank relies substantially on local promotional activity, personal contacts by its officers, directors, employees and shareholders, extended hours, personalized service and its reputation in the communities it services to compete effectively. Regulation and Supervision General The Company and the Bank are subject to extensive regulation under both federal and state law. This regulation is intended primarily for the protection of customers, depositors, the FDIC deposit insurance fund and the banking system as a whole, and not for the protection of shareholders of the Company. Set forth below is a summary description of the significant laws and regulations applicable to the Company and the Bank. The description is qualified in its entirety by reference to the applicable laws and regulations. Regulatory Agencies The Company is a legal entity separate and distinct from the Bank and its other subsidiaries. As a bank holding company, the Company is regulated under the BHC Act, and is subject to supervision, regulation and examination by the FRB. The Company is also under the jurisdiction of the SEC and is subject to the disclosure and regulatory requirements of the Securities Act of 1933 and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, each administered by the SEC. The Company’s common stock is listed on the Nasdaq Global Select Market (“Nasdaq”) under the trading symbol “TCBK” and the Company is, therefore, subject to the rules of Nasdaq for listed companies. The Bank is subject to regulation, supervision and periodic examination by the FDIC, which is the bank’s primary federal regulator because the bank is a state-chartered bank that is not a member of the Federal Reserve System and the DBO, because the bank is a California state chartered bank. This regulation is broad and extends to all of the Bank’s operations. The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”) created the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (the “CFPB”) as an independent entity with broad rulemaking, supervisory and enforcement authority over consumer financial products and services. The CFPB’s functions include investigating consumer complaints, rulemaking, supervising and examining bank consumer transactions, and enforcing rules related to consumer financial products and services. CFPB regulations and guidance apply to all financial institutions, including the Bank. Banks with $10 billion or more in assets are subject to examination by the CFPB. Banks with less than $10 billion in assets, including the Bank, continue to be examined for compliance with federal consumer laws by their primary federal banking agency. The Bank Holding Company Act The Company is registered as a bank holding company under the BHC Act. In general, the BHC Act limits the business of bank holding companies to banking, managing or controlling banks and other activities that the FRB has determined to be so closely related to banking as to be a proper incident thereto. Qualified bank holding companies that elect to be financial holding companies may engage in any activity, or acquire and retain the shares of a company engaged in any activity, that is either (i) financial in nature or incidental to such financial activity or (ii) complementary to a financial activity, and that does not pose a substantial risk to the safety and soundness of depository institutions or 3 Table of Contents the financial system generally (as determined solely by the FRB). Activities that are financial in nature include securities underwriting and dealing, insurance underwriting and agency, and making merchant banking investments. The Company currently has not elected to become a financial holding company. As a bank holding company, TriCo is required to file reports with the FRB and the FRB periodically examines the Company. A bank holding company is required by law to serve as a source of financial and managerial strength to its subsidiary bank and, under appropriate circumstances, to commit resources to support the subsidiary bank. The BHC Act, the Bank Merger Act, and other federal and state statutes regulate acquisitions of commercial banks. The BHC Act requires a bank holding company to obtain the approval of the FRB prior to directly or indirectly acquiring more than 5 percent of the voting shares of a commercial bank or its parent holding company. Under the Bank Merger Act, the prior approval of an acquiring bank’s primary federal regulator is required before it may merge with another bank or purchase the assets or assume the deposits of another bank. In reviewing applications seeking approval of merger and acquisition transactions, the bank regulatory authorities will consider, among other things, the competitive effect and public benefits of the transactions, the capital position of the combined organization, the applicant’s performance record under the Community Reinvestment Act, consumer compliance, fair housing laws and the effectiveness of the subject organizations in combating money laundering activities. Safety and Soundness Standards The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 (“FDICIA”) implemented certain specific restrictions on transactions and required the regulators to adopt overall safety and soundness standards for depository institutions related to internal control, loan underwriting and documentation, and asset growth. Among other things, FDICIA limits the interest rates paid on deposits by undercapitalized institutions, the use of brokered deposits and the aggregate extension of credit by a depository institution to an executive officer, director, principal stockholder or related interest, and reduces deposit insurance coverage for deposits offered by undercapitalized institutions for deposits by certain employee benefits accounts. Under FDICIA, the federal ban regulatory agencies have establish safety and soundness standards for insured financial institutions covering: • • • • • • • • Internal controls, information systems and internal audit systems; Loan documentation; Credit underwriting; Interest rate exposure; Asset growth; Compensation, fees and benefits; Asset quality, earnings and stock valuation; and Excessive compensation for executive officers, directors or principal shareholders which could lead to material financial loss. If an agency determines that an institution fails to meet any standard established by the guidelines, the agency may require the financial institution to submit to the agency an acceptable plan to achieve compliance with the standard. If the agency requires submission of a compliance plan and the institution fails to timely submit an acceptable plan or to implement an accepted plan, the agency must require the institution to correct the deficiency. An institution must file a compliance plan within 30 days of a request to do so from the institution’s primary federal regulatory agency. The agencies may elect to initiate enforcement actions in certain cases rather than relying on a plan, particularly where failure to meet one or more of the standards could threaten the safe and sound operation of the institution. Restrictions on Dividends and Distributions A California corporation such as TriCo may make a distribution to its shareholders to the extent that either the corporation’s retained earnings meet or exceed the amount of the proposed distribution or the value of the corporation’s assets exceed the amount of its liabilities plus the amount of shareholders preferences, if any, and certain other conditions are met. It is the FRB’s policy that bank holding companies should generally pay dividends on common stock only out of income available over the past year, and only if prospective earnings retention is consistent with the organization’s expected future needs and financial condition. In addition, a bank holding company may be unable to pay dividends on its common stock if it fails to maintain an adequate capital conservation buffer under the new capital rules. See “Regulatory Capital Requirements.” The primary source of funds for payment of dividends by TriCo to its shareholders has been and will be the receipt of dividends and management fees from the Bank. TriCo’s ability to receive dividends from the Bank is limited by applicable state and federal law. Under the California Financial Code, funds available for cash dividend payments by a bank are restricted to the lesser of: (i) retained earnings or (ii) the bank’s net income for its last three fiscal years (less any distributions to shareholders made during such period). However, with the prior approval of the Commissioner of the DBO, a bank may pay cash dividends in an amount not to exceed the greatest of the: (1) retained earnings of the bank; (2) net income of the bank for its last fiscal year; or (3) net income of the bank for its current fiscal year. However, if the 4 Table of Contents DBO finds that the shareholders’ equity of the bank is not adequate or that the payment of a dividend would be unsafe or unsound, the Commissioner may order the bank not to pay a dividend to shareholders. The new Capital Rules may restrict dividends by the Bank if the additional capital conservation buffer is not achieved. See “Regulatory Capital Requirements”. The FRB, FDIC and the DBO have authority to prohibit a bank holding company or a bank from engaging in practices which are considered to be unsafe and unsound. Depending on the financial condition of TriCo and the Bank and other factors, the FRB, FDIC or the DBO could determine that payment of dividends or other payments by TriCo or the Bank might constitute an unsafe or unsound practice. The Community Reinvestment Act The Community Reinvestment Act of 1977 (“CRA”) requires the federal banking regulatory agencies to periodically assess a bank’s record of helping meet the credit needs of its entire community, including low- and moderate-income neighborhoods. The CRA also requires the agencies to consider a financial institution’s record of meeting its community credit when evaluating applications for, among other things, domestic branches and mergers or acquisitions. The federal banking agencies rate depository institutions’ compliance with the CRA. The ratings range from a high of “outstanding” to a low of “substantial noncompliance.” A less than “satisfactory” rating could result in the suspension of any growth of the Bank through acquisitions or opening de novo branches until the rating is improved. As of its most recent CRA examination, the Bank’s CRA rating was “Satisfactory.” Consumer Protection Laws The Bank is subject to many federal consumer protection statues and regulations, some of which are discussed below. • • • • • The Equal Credit Opportunity Act generally prohibits discrimination in any credit transaction, whether for consumer or business purposes, on the basis of race, color, religion, national origin, sex, marital status, age (except in limited circumstances), receipt of income from public assistance programs, or good faith exercise of any rights under the Consumer Credit Protection Act. The Truth-in-Lending Act is designed to ensure that credit terms are disclosed in a meaningful way so that consumers may compare credit terms more readily and knowledgeably. The Fair Housing Act regulates many practices, including making it unlawful for any lender to discriminate in its housing-related lending activities against any person because of race, color, religion, national origin, sex, handicap or familial status. The Home Mortgage Disclosure Act, which includes a “fair lending” aspect, requires the collection and disclosure of data about applicant and borrower characteristics as a way of identifying possible discriminatory lending patterns and enforcing anti- discrimination statutes. The Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act requires lenders to provide borrowers with disclosures regarding the nature and cost of real estate settlements and prohibits certain abusive practices, such as kickbacks, and places limitations on the amount of escrow accounts. In addition, the CFPB has taken a number of actions that may affect the Bank’s operations and compliance costs, including the following: • • • • The issuance of final rules for residential mortgage lending, which became effective January 10, 2013, including definitions for “qualified mortgages” and detailed standards by which lenders must satisfy themselves of the borrower’s ability to repay the loan and revised forms of disclosure under the Truth in Lending Act and the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act. The issuance of a policy report on arbitration clauses which could result in the restriction or prohibition of lenders including arbitration clauses in consumer financial services contracts. Actions taken to regulate and supervise credit bureaus and debt collections. Positions taken by CFPB on fair lending, including applying the disparate impact theory in auto financing, which could make it harder for lenders, such as the Bank, to charge different rates or apply different terms to loans to different customers. Penalties for violations of the above laws may include fines, reimbursements, injunctive relief and other penalties. Data Privacy and Cyber Security Regulation The Company is subject to many U.S. federal, state and international laws and regulations governing requirements for maintaining policies and procedures to protect the non-public confidential information of customers and employees. The privacy provisions of the Gramm-Leach- Bliley Act generally prohibit financial institutions, including the Company, from disclosing nonpublic personal financial information of consumer customers to third parties for certain purposes (primarily marketing) unless customers have the opportunity to “opt out” of the disclosure. Other laws and regulations, at the international, federal and state level, limit the Company’s ability to share certain information with affiliates and non-affiliates for marketing and/or non-marketing purposes, or to contact customers with marketing offers. The Gramm- Leach-Bliley Act also requires banks to implement a comprehensive information security program that includes administrative, technical and physical safeguards to ensure the security and confidentiality of customer records and information. 5 Table of Contents Data privacy and data protection are areas of increasing state legislative focus. For example, in June of 2018, the Governor of California signed into law the California Consumer Privacy Act of 2018 (the “CCPA”). The CCPA, which became effective on January 1, 2020, applies to for-profit businesses that conduct business in California and meet certain revenue or data collection thresholds. The CCPA gives consumers the right to request disclosure of information collected about them, and whether that information has been sold or shared with others, the right to request deletion of personal information (subject to certain exceptions), the right to opt out of the sale of the consumer’s personal information, and the right not to be discriminated against for exercising these rights. The CCPA contains several exemptions, including an exemption applicable to information that is collected, processed, sold or disclosed pursuant to the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act. The California Attorney General has proposed, but not yet adopted regulations implementing the CCPA, and the California State Legislature has amended the Act since its passage. All of the Bank’s branches are in California and are required to comply with the CCPA. In addition, similar laws may be adopted by other states where we do business. The federal government may also pass data privacy or data protection legislation. Like other lenders, the Bank uses credit bureau data in their underwriting activities. Use of such data is regulated under the Fair Credit Reporting Act (“FCRA”), and the FCRA also regulates reporting information to credit bureaus, prescreening individuals for credit offers, sharing of information between affiliates, and using affiliate data for marketing purposes. Similar state laws may impose additional requirements on the Company and the Bank. Regulatory Capital Requirements The Company and the Bank are subject to the minimum capital requirements of the FRB and FDIC, respectively. Capital requirements may have an effect on the Company’s and the Bank’s profitability and ability to pay dividends. If the Company or the Bank lacks adequate capital to increase its assets without violating the minimum capital requirements or if it forced to reduce the level of its assets in order to satisfy regulatory capital requirements, its ability to generate earnings would be reduced. For a discussion of the regulatory capital requirements, see “Note 26 – Regulatory Matters” to the consolidated financial statements at Part II, Item 8 of this report. We believe that we were in compliance with the requirements of the capital rules applicable to us as of December 31, 2019. Prompt Corrective Action Prompt Corrective Action regulations of the federal bank regulatory agencies establish five capital categories in descending order (well capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized and critically undercapitalized), assignment to which depends upon the institution’s total risk-based capital ratio, Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio, and leverage ratio. The new capital rules revised the prompt corrective action framework. Under the current prompt corrective action framework, insured depository institutions will be required to meet the following minimum capital level requirements in order to qualify as “well capitalized:” (i) a common equity Tier 1 capital ratio of 6.5%; (ii) a Tier 1 capital ratio of 8%; (iii) a total capital ratio of 10%; and (iv) a Tier 1 leverage ratio of 5%. An institution may be downgraded to, or deemed to be in, a capital category that is lower than indicated by its capital ratios if it is determined to be in an unsafe or unsound condition or if it receives an unsatisfactory examination rating with respect to certain matters. Institutions classified in one of the three undercapitalized categories are subject to certain mandatory and discretionary supervisory actions, which include increased monitoring and review, implementation of capital restoration plans, asset growth restrictions, limitations upon expansion and new business activities, requirements to augment capital, restrictions upon deposit gathering and interest rates, replacement of senior executive officers and directors, and requiring divestiture or sale of the institution. The Bank’s capital levels have exceeded the minimums necessary to be considered well capitalized under the current regulatory framework for prompt corrective action since adoption. Deposit Insurance Deposit accounts in the Bank are insured by the FDIC, generally up to a maximum of $250,000 per separately insured depositor. The Bank is subject to deposit insurance assessments as determined by the FDIC. The amount of the deposit insurance assessment for institutions with less than $10.0 billion in assets, such as the Bank, is based on its risk category, with certain adjustments for any unsecured debt or brokered deposits held by the insured bank. Institutions assigned to higher risk categories (that is, institutions that pose a higher risk of loss to the FDIC’s deposit insurance fund (the “DIF”)) pay assessments at higher rates than institutions that pose a lower risk. An institution’s risk classification is assigned based on a combination of its financial ratios and supervisory ratings, reflecting, among other things, its capital levels and the level of supervisory concern that the institution poses to the regulators. In addition, the FDIC can impose special assessments in certain instances. The Dodd-Frank Act changed the way that deposit insurance premiums are calculated. The assessment base is no longer the institution’s deposit base, but rather its average consolidated total assets less its average tangible equity. The Dodd-Frank Act also increased the minimum designated reserve ratio of the DIF from 1.15% to 1.35% of the estimated amount of total insured deposits by 2020, eliminates the upper limit for the reserve ratio designated by the FDIC each year, and eliminates the requirement that the FDIC pay dividends to depository institutions when the reserve ratio exceeds certain thresholds. Continued action by the FDIC to replenish the DIF, as well as the changes contained in the Dodd-Frank Act, may result in higher assessment rates, which could reduce our profitability or otherwise negatively impact our operations. The Bank is generally unable to control the amount of premiums that it is required to pay for FDIC insurance. If there are additional bank or financial institution failures or if the FDIC otherwise determines, the Bank may be required to pay even higher FDIC premiums than the 6 Table of Contents recently increased levels. Increases in FDIC insurance premiums may have a material and adverse effect on the Company’s earnings and could have a material adverse effect on the value of, or market for, the Company’s common stock. The FDIC may terminate a depository institution’s deposit insurance upon a finding that the institution’s financial condition is unsafe or unsound or that the institution has engaged in unsafe or unsound practices that pose a risk to the DIF or that may prejudice the interest of the bank’s depositors. The termination of deposit insurance for the Bank would also result in the revocation of the Bank’s charter by the DBO. Anti-Money Laundering Laws A series of banking laws and regulations beginning with the Bank Secrecy Act in 1970 requires banks to prevent, detect, and report illicit or illegal financial activities to the federal government to prevent money laundering, international drug trafficking, and terrorism. Today, the Bank Secrecy Act requires that all banking institutions develop and provide for the continued administration of a program reasonably designed to assure and monitor compliance with certain recordkeeping and reporting requirements regarding both domestic and international currency transactions. These programs must, at a minimum, provide for a system of internal controls to assure ongoing compliance, provide for independent testing of such systems and compliance, designate individuals responsible for such compliance and provide appropriate personnel training. Under the USA Patriot Act of 2001, financial institutions are subject to prohibitions against specified financial transactions and account relationships, requirements regarding the Customer Identification Program, as well as enhanced due diligence and “know your customer” standards in their dealings with high risk customers, foreign financial institutions, and foreign individuals and entities. The act also requires financial institutions, including banks, to establish anti-money laundering programs, including employee training and independent audit requirements, meet minimum standards specified by the act, follow minimum standards for customer identification and maintenance of customer identification records, and regularly compare customer lists against lists of suspected terrorists, terrorist organizations and money launderers. Transactions with Affiliates Banks are also subject to certain restrictions imposed by the Federal Reserve Act on extensions of credit to executive officers, directors, principal shareholders (including the Company) or any related interest of such persons. Extensions of credit must be made on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral as, and follow credit underwriting procedures that are not less stringent than, those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with persons not affiliated with the bank, and must not involve more than the normal risk of repayment or present other unfavorable features. Banks are also subject to certain lending limits and restrictions on overdrafts to such persons. Regulation W requires that certain transactions between the Bank and its affiliates, including its holding company, be on terms substantially the same, or at least as favorable to the Bank, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with or involving nonaffiliated companies or, in the absence of comparable transactions, on terms and under circumstances, including credit standards, that in good faith would be offered to or would apply to nonaffiliated companies. Impact of Monetary Policies Banking is a business that depends on interest rate differentials. In general, the difference between the interest paid by a bank on its deposits and other borrowings, and the interest rate earned by banks on loans, securities and other interest-earning assets comprises the major source of banks’ earnings. Thus, the earnings and growth of banks are subject to the influence of economic conditions generally, both domestic and foreign, and also to the monetary and fiscal policies of the United States and its agencies, particularly the FRB. The FRB implements national monetary policy, such as seeking to curb inflation and combat recession, by its open-market dealings in United States government securities, by adjusting the required level of reserves for financial institutions subject to reserve requirements and through adjustments to the discount rate applicable to borrowings by banks which are members of the FRB. The actions of the FRB in these areas influence the growth of bank loans, investments and deposits and also affect interest rates. The nature and timing of any future changes in such policies and their impact on the Company cannot be predicted. In addition, adverse economic conditions could make a higher provision for loan losses a prudent course and could cause higher loan loss charge-offs, thus adversely affecting the Company’s net earnings. ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS There are a number of factors that may adversely affect our business, financial results, or stock price. In analyzing whether to make or continue holding an investment in the Company, investors should consider, among other factors, the following: Risks Related to the Nature and Geographic Area of Our Business We are exposed to risks in connection with the loans we make. As a lender, we face a significant risk that we will sustain losses because borrowers, guarantors or related parties may fail to perform in accordance with the terms of the loans we make or acquire. Our earnings are significantly affected by our ability to properly originate, underwrite and service loans. We have underwriting and credit monitoring procedures and credit policies, including the establishment and review of the allowance for loan losses, that we believe appropriately address this risk by assessing the likelihood of nonperformance, tracking loan performance and diversifying our respective loan portfolios. Such policies and procedures, however, may not prevent 7 Table of Contents unexpected losses that could adversely affect our results of operations. We could sustain losses if we incorrectly assess the creditworthiness of our borrowers or fail to detect or respond to deterioration in asset quality in a timely manner. Our allowance for loan losses may not be adequate to cover actual losses. Like other financial institutions, we maintain an allowance for loan losses to provide for loan defaults and non-performance. Our allowance for loan losses may not be adequate to cover actual loan losses, and future provisions for loan losses would reduce our earnings and could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. The allowance for loan losses reflects our estimate of the probable incurred losses in our loan portfolio at the relevant balance sheet date. Our allowance for loan losses is based on prior experience, as well as an evaluation of the known risks in the current portfolio, composition and growth of the loan portfolio and economic factors. Determining an appropriate level of loan loss allowance is an inherently difficult process and is based on numerous assumptions. The amount of future losses is susceptible to changes in economic, operating and other conditions, including changes in interest rates, that may be beyond our control and these losses may exceed current estimates. Federal and state regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, review our loans and allowance for loan losses. While we believe that our allowance for loan losses is adequate to cover current losses, we cannot assure you that we will not increase the allowance for loan losses further or that the allowance will be adequate to absorb loan losses we actually incur. Either of these occurrences could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Our business may be adversely affected by business conditions in northern and central California. We conduct most of our business in northern and central California. As a result of this geographic concentration, our financial results may be impacted by economic conditions in California. Deterioration in the economic conditions in California could result in the following consequences, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows: • • • • problem assets and foreclosures may increase, demand for our products and services may decline, low cost or non-interest bearing deposits may decrease, and collateral for loans made by us, especially real estate, may decline in value, in turn reducing customers’ borrowing power, and reducing the value of assets and collateral associated with our existing loans. In view of the concentration of our operations and the collateral securing our loan portfolio in both northern and central California, we may be particularly susceptible to the adverse effects of any of these consequences, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. Severe weather, natural disasters and other external events could adversely affect our business. Our operations and our customer base are primarily located in northern and central California where natural and other disasters may occur. These regions are known for being vulnerable to natural disasters and other risks, such as earthquakes, fires, droughts and floods, the nature and severity of which may be impacted by climate change. These types of natural catastrophic events have at times disrupted the local economies, our business and customers in these regions. Such events could also affect the stability of the Bank’s deposit base; impair the ability of borrowers to obtain adequate insurance or repay outstanding loans, impair the value of collateral securing loans and cause significant property damage, result in losses of revenue and/or cause us to incur additional expenses. In addition, catastrophic events occurring in other regions of the world may have an impact on our customers and in turn, on us. Our business continuity and disaster recovery plans may not be successful upon the occurrence of one of these scenarios, and a significant catastrophic event anywhere in the world could materially adversely affect our operating results. A significant majority of the loans in our portfolio are secured by real estate and a downturn in our real estate markets could hurt our business. A downturn in our real estate markets in which we conduct our business in California could hurt our business because most of our loans are secured by real estate. Real estate values and real estate markets are generally affected by changes in national, regional or local economic conditions, fluctuations in interest rates and the availability of loans to potential purchasers, changes in tax laws and other governmental statutes, regulations and policies and acts of nature. As real estate prices decline, the value of real estate collateral securing our loans is reduced. As a result, our ability to recover on defaulted loans by foreclosing and selling the real estate collateral could then be diminished and we would be more likely to suffer losses on defaulted loans. As of December 31, 2019, approximately 91.5% of the book value of our loan portfolio consisted of loans collateralized by various types of real estate. Substantially all of our real estate collateral is located in California. So if there is a significant adverse decline in real estate values in California, the collateral for our loans will provide less security. Real estate values could also be affected by, among other things, earthquakes, drought and national disasters in our markets. Any such downturn could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. 8 Table of Contents We are exposed to the risk of environmental liabilities with respect to properties to which we take title. In the course of our business, we may foreclose and take title to real estate and could be subject to environmental liabilities with respect to these properties. We may be held liable to a governmental entity or to third parties for property damage, personal injury, investigation and clean-up costs incurred by these parties in connection with environmental contamination, or may be required to investigate or clean-up hazardous or toxic substances, or chemical releases at a property. The costs associated with investigation or remediation activities could be substantial. In addition, if we are the owner or former owner of a contaminated site, we may be subject to common law claims by third parties based on damages and costs resulting from environmental contamination emanating from the property. If we become subject to significant environmental liabilities, our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows could be materially adversely affected. Strong competition in California could hurt our profits. Competition in the banking and financial services industry is intense. Our profitability depends upon our continued ability to successfully compete. We primarily compete in northern and central California for loans, deposits and customers with commercial banks, savings and loan associations, credit unions, finance companies, mutual funds, insurance companies, brokerage firms and Internet-based marketplace lending platforms. In particular, our competitors include major financial companies whose greater resources may afford them a marketplace advantage by enabling them to maintain numerous locations and mount extensive promotional and advertising campaigns. Additionally, banks and other financial institutions with larger capitalization and financial intermediaries not subject to bank regulatory restrictions may have larger lending limits which would allow them to serve the credit needs of larger customers. Areas of competition include interest rates for loans and deposits, efforts to obtain loan and deposit customers and a range in quality of products and services provided, including new technology- driven products and services. Technological innovation continues to contribute to greater competition in domestic and international financial services markets as technological advances enable more companies, such as Internet-based marketplace lenders, financial technology (or “fintech”) companies that rely on technology to provide financial services, often without many of the regulatory and capital restrictions that we face. We also face competition from out-of-state financial intermediaries that have opened loan production offices or that solicit deposits in our market areas. If we are unable to attract and retain banking customers, we may be unable to continue our loan growth and level of deposits and our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows may be adversely affected. We depend on key personnel and the loss of one or more of those key personnel may materially and adversely affect our prospects. Our future operating results depend substantially upon the continued service of our executive officers and key personnel. Our future operating results also depend in significant part upon our ability to attract and retain qualified management, financial, technical, marketing, sales and support personnel. Competition for qualified personnel is intense, and we cannot ensure success in attracting or retaining qualified personnel. There may be only a limited number of persons with the requisite skills to serve in these positions, and it may be increasingly difficult for us to hire personnel over time. Our business, financial condition or results of operations could be materially adversely affected by the loss of any of our key employees, or our inability to attract and retain skilled employees. Our previous results may not be indicative of our future results. We may not be able to sustain our historical rate of growth and level of profitability or may not even be able to grow our business or continue to be profitable at all. Various factors, such as economic conditions, regulatory and legislative considerations and competition, may also impede or prohibit our ability to expand our market presence and financial performance. If we experience a significant decrease in our historical rate of growth, our results of operations and financial condition may be adversely affected due to a high percentage of our operating costs being fixed expenses. We may be adversely affected by the soundness of other financial institutions. Financial services institutions are interrelated as a result of clearing, counterparty, or other relationships. We have exposure to many different industries and counterparties, and routinely execute transactions with counterparties in the financial services industry, including commercial banks, brokers and dealers, and other institutional clients. Many of these transactions expose us to credit risk in the event of a default by a counterparty or client. In addition, our credit risk may be exacerbated when the collateral that we hold cannot be realized upon or is liquidated at prices not sufficient to recover the full amount of the credit or derivative exposure due to us. Any such losses could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. Economic uncertainty or instability caused by political developments can hurt our businesses. The economic environment and market conditions in which we operate continue to be uncertain due to political developments in the U.S. and other countries. Certain policy initiatives and proposals could cause a contraction in U.S. and global economic growth and higher volatility in the financial markets, including: • • inability to reach political consensus to keep the U.S. government open and funded, isolationist foreign policies, 9 Table of Contents • • the introduction of tariffs and other protectionist trade policies, or the possible withdrawal or reduction of government support for the Federal National Mortgage Association and the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (together, the “GSEs”). These types of political developments, and uncertainty about the possible outcomes of these developments, could: • • • • erode investor confidence in the U.S. economy and financial markets, which could potentially undermine the status of the U.S. dollar as a safe haven currency, provoke retaliatory countermeasures by other countries and otherwise heighten tensions in diplomatic relations, increase concerns about whether the U.S. government will be funded, and its outstanding debt serviced, at any particular time, and result in periodic shutdowns of the U.S. government or governments in other countries. These factors could lead to: • • • • • • greater market volatility, large-scale sales of government debt and other debt and equity securities in the U.S. and other countries, the widening or narrowing of credit spreads, inflationary pressures, lower investment growth, and other market dislocations. Additional areas of uncertainty include, among other, geopolitical tensions and conflicts, pandemics and election outcomes. for example, it was reported in January 2020 that a novel strain of the coronavirus which first surfaced in China, had spread to other countries, resulting in various uncertainties including the potential impact to global economies, trade and consumer and corporate financial matters. Any of these potential outcomes could cause us to suffer losses in our investment securities portfolio, reduce our liquidity and capital levels, hamper our ability to deliver products and services to our clients and customers, and weaken our results of operations and financial condition. Market and Interest Rate Risk Fluctuations in interest rates could reduce our profitability and affect the value of our assets. Like other financial institutions, we are subject to interest rate risk. Our primary source of income is net interest income, which is the difference between interest earned on loans and leases and investments, and interest paid on deposits and borrowings. We expect that we will periodically experience imbalances in the interest rate sensitivities of our assets and liabilities and the relationships of various interest rates to each other. Over any defined period of time, our interest-earning assets may be more sensitive to changes in market interest rates than our interest-bearing liabilities, or vice-versa. Furthermore, the individual market interest rates underlying our loan and lease and deposit products may not change to the same degree over a given time period. If market interest rates should move contrary to our position, earnings may be negatively affected. In addition, loan and lease volume and quality and deposit volume and mix can be affected by market interest rates as can the businesses of our clients. Changes in levels of market interest rates could have a material adverse effect on our net interest spread, asset quality, origination volume, the value of our loans and investment securities and overall profitability. Market interest rates are beyond our control, and they fluctuate in response to general economic conditions and the policies of various governmental and regulatory agencies, in particular, the Federal Reserve Board. Changes in monetary policy, including changes in interest rates, may negatively affect our ability to originate loans and leases, the value of our assets and our ability to realize gains from the sale of our assets, all of which ultimately could affect our earnings. Our business is subject to interest rate risk and variations in interest rates may negatively affect our financial performance. Because of the differences in the maturities and repricing characteristics of our interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, changes in interest rates do not produce equivalent changes in interest income earned on interest-earning assets and interest paid on interest-bearing liabilities. Accordingly, fluctuations in interest rates could adversely affect our interest rate spread and, in turn, our profitability. In addition, loan origination volumes are affected by market interest rates. Rising interest rates, generally, are associated with a lower volume of loan originations while lower interest rates are usually associated with higher loan originations. Conversely, in rising interest rate environments, loan repayment rates may decline and in falling interest rate environments, loan repayment rates may increase. Although we were successful in generating new loans during 2019, the continuation of historically low long-term interest rate levels may cause additional refinancing of commercial real estate and 1-4 family residence loans, which may depress our loan volumes or cause rates on loans to decline. In addition, an increase in the general level of short-term interest rates on variable rate loans may adversely affect the ability of certain borrowers to pay the interest on and principal of their obligations or reduce the amount they wish to borrow. Additionally, if short-term market rates rise, in order 10 Table of Contents to retain existing deposit customers and attract new deposit customers we may need to increase rates we pay on deposit accounts. Accordingly, changes in levels of market interest rates could materially and adversely affect our net interest spread, asset quality, loan origination volume, business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. Reduction in the value, or impairment of our investment securities, can impact our earnings and common shareholders’ equity. We maintained a balance of $1.3 billion, or approximately 20.8% of our assets, in investment securities at December 31, 2019. Changes in market interest rates can affect the value of these investment securities, with increasing interest rates generally resulting in a reduction of value. Although the reduction in value from temporary increases in market rates does not affect our income until the security is sold, it does result in an unrealized loss recorded in other comprehensive income that can reduce our common stockholders’ equity. Further, we must periodically test our investment securities for other-than-temporary impairment in value. In assessing whether the impairment of investment securities is other-than-temporary, we consider the length of time and extent to which the fair value has been less than cost, the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer, and the intent and ability to retain our investment in the security for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair value in the near term. Changes in interest rates could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition. On July 27, 2017, the U.K. Financial Conduct Authority, which regulates LIBOR, announced that it intends to stop compelling banks to submit rates for the calculation of LIBOR to the LIBOR administrator after 2021. The announcement also indicates that the continuation of LIBOR on the current basis cannot and will not be guaranteed after 2021. Consequently, at this time, it is not possible to predict whether and to what extent banks will continue to provide LIBOR submissions to the LIBOR administrator or whether any additional reforms to LIBOR may be enacted in the United Kingdom or elsewhere. Similarly, it is not possible to predict whether LIBOR will continue to be viewed as an acceptable benchmark for certain financial instruments, what rate or rates may become accepted alternatives to LIBOR, or the effect of any such changes in views or alternatives on the values of the financial instruments, whose interest rates are tied to LIBOR. Uncertainty as to the nature of such potential changes, alternative reference rates, the elimination or replacement of LIBOR, or other reforms may adversely affect the value of, and the return on our financial instruments. Regulatory Risks We operate in a highly regulated environment and we may be adversely affected by new laws and regulations or changes in existing laws and regulations. Any additional regulations are expect to increase our cost of operations. Furthermore, regulations may prevent or impair our ability to pay dividends, engage in acquisitions or operate in other ways. We are subject to extensive regulation, supervision and examination by the DBO, FDIC, and the FRB. See Item 1—Regulation and Supervision of this report for information on the regulation and supervision which governs our activities. Regulatory authorities have extensive discretion in their supervisory and enforcement activities, including the imposition of restrictions on our operations, the classification of our assets and determination of the level of our allowance for loan losses. Banking regulations, designed primarily for the protection of depositors, may limit our growth and the return to our shareholders by restricting certain of our activities, such as: • • • • • • • • the payment of dividends to our shareholders, possible mergers with or acquisitions of or by other institutions, desired investments, loans and interest rates on loans, interest rates paid on deposits, service charges on deposit account transactions, the possible expansion of branch offices, and the ability to provide securities or trust services. We also are subject to regulatory capital requirements. We could be subject to regulatory enforcement actions if, any of our regulators determines for example, that we have violated a law of regulation, engaged in unsafe or unsound banking practice or lack adequate capital. Federal and state governments and regulators could pass legislation and adopt policies responsive to current credit conditions that would have an adverse effect on us and our financial performance. We cannot predict what changes, if any, will be made to existing federal and state legislation and regulations or the effect that such changes may have on our future business and earnings prospects. Any change in such regulation and oversight, whether in the form of regulatory policy, regulations, legislation or supervisory action, may have a material adverse impact on our operations, including the cost to conduct business. Compliance with changing regulation of corporate governance and public disclosure may result in additional risks and expenses. Changing laws, regulations and standards relating to corporate governance and public disclosure, including the Dodd-Frank Act, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and new SEC regulations, are creating additional expense for publicly-traded companies such as the Company. The application of these laws, regulations and standards may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing 11 Table of Contents bodies, which could result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and higher costs necessitated by ongoing revisions to disclosure and governance practices. We are committed to maintaining high standards of corporate governance and public disclosure. As a result, our efforts to comply with evolving laws, regulations and standards have resulted in, and are likely to continue to result in, increased expenses and a diversion of management time and attention. In particular, our efforts to comply with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the related regulations regarding management’s required assessment of its internal control over financial reporting and our external auditors’ audit of our internal control over financial reporting requires, and will continue to require, the commitment of significant financial and managerial resources. Further, the members of our board of directors, members of our audit or compensation and management succession committees, our chief executive officer, our chief financial officer and certain other executive officers could face an increased risk of personal liability in connection with the performance of their duties. It may also become more difficult and more expensive to obtain director and officer liability insurance. As a result, our ability to attract and retain executive officers and qualified board and committee members could be more difficult. members could be more difficult. Tax regulations could be subject to potential legislative, administrative or judicial changes or interpretations. Federal income tax treatment of corporations may be clarified and/or modified by legislative, administrative or judicial changes or interpretations at any time. Any such changes could adversely affect us, either directly, or indirectly as a result of effects on our customers. For example, the tax reform bill enacted on December 22, 2017 has had, and is expected to continue to have, far-reaching and significant effects on us, our customers and the U.S. economy. Risks Related to Growth and Expansion Goodwill resulting from acquisitions may adversely affect our results of operations. Goodwill and other intangible assets have increased substantially as a result of our acquisitions of FNB Bancorp in 2018 and North Valley Bancorp in 2014. Potential impairment of goodwill and amortization of other intangible assets could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations. We assess our goodwill and other intangible assets and long-lived assets for impairment annually and more frequently when required by U.S. GAAP. We are required to record an impairment charge if circumstances indicate that the asset carrying values exceed their fair values. Our assessment of goodwill, other intangible assets, or long-lived assets could indicate that an impairment of the carrying value of such assets may have occurred that could result in a material, non-cash write-down of such assets, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and future earnings. If we cannot attract deposits, our growth may be inhibited. We plan to increase the level of our assets, including our loan portfolio. Our ability to increase our assets depends in large part on our ability to attract additional deposits at favorable rates. We intend to seek additional deposits by offering deposit products that are competitive with those offered by other financial institutions in our markets and by establishing personal relationships with our customers. We cannot assure that these efforts will be successful. Our inability to attract additional deposits at competitive rates could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. Potential acquisitions create risks and may disrupt our business and dilute shareholder value. We intend to continue to explore opportunities for growth through mergers and acquisitions. Acquiring other banks, businesses, or branches involves various risks commonly associated with acquisitions, including, among other things: • • • • • • • • • • • • • • incurring substantial expenses in pursuing potential acquisitions without completing such acquisitions, exposure to potential asset quality issues of the target company, losing key clients as a result of the change of ownership, the acquired business not performing in accordance with our expectations, difficulties and expenses arising in connection with the integration of the operations of the acquired business with our operations, difficulty in estimating the value of the target company, potential exposure to unknown or contingent liabilities of the target company, management needing to divert attention from other aspects of our business, potentially losing key employees of the acquired business, incurring unanticipated costs which could reduce our earnings per share, assuming potential liabilities of the acquired company as a result of the acquisition, potential changes in banking or tax laws or regulations that may affect the target company, potential disruption to our business, and an acquisition may dilute our earnings per share, in both the short and long term, or it may reduce our tangible capital ratios 12 Table of Contents Our growth and expansion may strain our ability to manage our operations and our financial resources. Our financial performance and profitability depend on our ability to execute our corporate growth strategy. In addition to seeking deposit and loan and lease growth in our existing markets, we may pursue expansion opportunities in new markets. Continued growth, however, may present operating and other problems that could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that we will be able to execute our growth strategy or maintain the level of profitability that we have recently experienced. Our growth may place a strain on our administrative, operational and financial resources and increase demands on our systems and controls. This business growth may require continued enhancements to and expansion of our operating and financial systems and controls and may strain or significantly challenge them. In addition, our existing operating and financial control systems and infrastructure may not be adequate to maintain and effectively monitor future growth. Our continued growth may also increase our need for qualified personnel. We cannot assure you that we will be successful in attracting, integrating and retaining such personnel. Risks Relating to Dividends and Our Common Stock Our future ability to pay dividends is subject to restrictions. Our ability to pay dividends to our shareholders is limited by California law and the policies and regulations of the FRB. The FRB has issued a policy statement on the payment of cash dividends by bank holding companies, which expresses the FRB’s view that a bank holding company should pay cash dividends only to the extent that its net income for the past year is sufficient to cover both the cash dividends and a rate of earnings retention that is consistent with the holding company’s capital needs, asset quality and overall financial condition. See “Regulation and Supervision – Restrictions on Dividends and Distributions.” As a holding company with no significant assets other than the Bank, our ability to continue to pay dividends depends in large part upon the Bank’s ability to pay dividends to us. The Bank’s ability to pay dividends or make other capital distributions to us is subject to the restrictions in the California Financial Code. Our ability to pay dividends to our shareholder and the ability of the Bank to pay in dividends to us are by the requirements that the we and the Bank maintain a certain minimum amount of capital to be considered a “well capitalized” institution as well as a separate capital conservation buffer, as further described under “Item 1 – Supervision and Regulation — Regulatory Capital Requirements” in this report. From time to time, we may become a party to financing agreements or other contractual arrangements that have the effect of limiting or prohibiting us or the Bank from declaring or paying dividends. Our holding company expenses and obligations with respect to our trust preferred securities and corresponding junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures issued by us may limit or impair our ability to declare or pay dividends. Anti-takeover provisions and federal law may limit the ability of another party to acquire us, which could cause our stock price to decline. Various provisions of our articles of incorporation and bylaws could delay or prevent a third party from acquiring us, even if doing so might be beneficial to our shareholders. These provisions provide for, among other things, specified actions that the Board of Directors shall or may take when an offer to merge, an offer to acquire all assets or a tender offer is received and the authority to issue preferred stock by action of the board of directors acting alone, without obtaining shareholder approval. The BHC Act and the Change in Bank Control Act of 1978, as amended, together with federal regulations, require that, depending on the particular circumstances, either FRB approval must be obtained or notice must be furnished to the FRB and not disapproved prior to any person or entity acquiring “control” of a bank holding company such as TriCo. These provisions may prevent a merger or acquisition that would be attractive to shareholders and could limit the price investors would be willing to pay in the future for our common stock. The amount of common stock owned by, and other compensation arrangements with, our officers and directors may make it more difficult to obtain shareholder approval of potential takeovers that they oppose. As of December 31, 2019, directors and executive officers beneficially owned approximately 8.7% of our common stock and our Employee Stock Ownership Plan (“ESOP”) owned approximately 3.8%. Agreements with our senior management also provide for significant payments under certain circumstances following a change in control. These compensation arrangements, together with the common stock beneficially owned by our board of directors, management, and the ESOP, could make it difficult or expensive to obtain majority support for shareholder proposals or potential acquisition proposals of us that our directors and officers oppose. We may issue additional common stock or other equity securities in the future which could dilute the ownership interest of existing shareholders. In order to maintain our capital at desired or regulatory-required levels, or to fund future growth, our board of directors may decide from time to time to issue additional shares of common stock, or securities convertible into, exchangeable for or representing rights to acquire shares of our common stock. The sale of these shares may significantly dilute your ownership interest as a shareholder. New investors in the future may also have rights, preferences and privileges senior to our current shareholders which may adversely impact our current shareholders. 13 Table of Contents Holders of our junior subordinated debentures have rights that are senior to those of our common stockholders. We have supported our growth through the prior issuance of trust preferred securities from special purpose trusts and accompanying junior subordinated debentures. At December 31, 2019, we had outstanding trust preferred securities and accompanying junior subordinated debentures with face value of $62,889,000. Payments of the principal and interest on the trust preferred securities are conditionally guaranteed by us. Further, the accompanying junior subordinated debentures we issued to the trusts are senior to our shares of common stock. As a result, we must make payments on the junior subordinated debentures before we can pay any dividends on our common stock and, in the event of our bankruptcy, dissolution or liquidation, the holders of the junior subordinated debentures must be satisfied before any distributions can be made on our common stock. Risks Relating to Systems, Accounting and Internal Controls If we fail to maintain an effective system of internal and disclosure controls, we may not be able to accurately report our financial results or prevent fraud. As a result, current and potential shareholders could lose confidence in our financial reporting, which would harm our business and the trading price of our securities. Effective internal control over financial reporting and disclosure controls and procedures are necessary for us to provide reliable financial reports and effectively prevent fraud and to operate successfully as a public company. If we cannot provide reliable financial reports or prevent fraud, our reputation and operating results would be harmed. We continually review and analyze our internal control over financial reporting for Sarbanes-Oxley Section 404 compliance. As part of that process we may discover material weaknesses or significant deficiencies in our internal control as defined under standards adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board that require remediation. A material weakness is a deficiency, or combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the company’s annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected in a timely basis. A significant deficiency is a deficiency or combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting that is less severe than material weakness, yet important enough to merit attention by those responsible for the oversight of the Company’s financial reporting. As a result of weaknesses that may be identified in our internal controls, we may also identify certain deficiencies in some of our disclosure controls and procedures that we believe require remediation. If we discover weaknesses, we will make efforts to improve our internal and disclosure controls. However, there is no assurance that we will be successful. Any failure to maintain effective controls or timely effect any necessary improvement of our internal and disclosure controls could harm operating results or cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations, which could affect our ability to remain listed with Nasdaq. Ineffective internal and disclosure controls could also cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information, which would likely have a negative effect on the trading price of our securities. The Financial Accounting Standards Board has recently issued an accounting standard update that will result in a significant change in how we recognize credit losses and may have a material impact on our financial condition or results of operations. From time to time accounting standards setters change the financial accounting and reporting standards that govern the preparation of our financial statements. These changes can be difficult to predict and can materially impact how we record and report our financial condition and results of operations. In some cases, we could be required to apply a new or revised standard retroactively, resulting in changes to previously reported financial results, or a cumulative charge to retained earnings. In particular, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) has issued a new accounting standard, Current Expected Credit Losses (“CECL”), for the recognition and measurement of credit losses for loans and debt securities. The new standard will be effective for TriCo in the first quarter 2020. Based on the modeling completed by management, the total allowance for loan losses will increase from $30,616,000 to approximately $42,000,000 to $50,000,000, or an increase of $11,384,000 to $19,384,000. The estimated decline in equity, net of tax, will range from $8,020,000 to $13,655,000. This estimate is influenced by the composition, characteristics and quality of the loan portfolio, as well as the economic conditions and forecasts as of each reporting period. These economic conditions and forecasts could be significantly different in future periods. The impact of the change in the allowance on our results of operations in a provision for credit losses will depend on the current period net charge-offs, level of loan originations, and change in mix of the loan portfolio. The ranges noted above exclude any impact to the Company's reserve for unfunded commitments, which management does not believe the adoption of CECL will have a significant impact. A failure or breach, including cyber-attacks, of our operational or security systems, could disrupt our business, result in the disclosure of confidential information, damage our reputation, and create significant financial and legal exposure. Although we devote significant resources to maintain and regularly upgrade our systems and processes that are designed to protect the security of our computer systems, software, networks, and other technology assets and the confidentiality, integrity, and availability of information belonging to us and our customers, there is no assurance that our security measures will provide absolute security. Further, to access our products and services our customers may use computers and mobile devices that are beyond our security control systems. In fact, many other financial services institutions and companies engaged in data processing have reported breaches in the security of their websites or other systems, some of which have involved sophisticated and targeted attacks intended to obtain unauthorized access to confidential information, destroy data, disable or degrade service, or sabotage systems, often through the introduction of computer viruses or malware, cyberattacks, and other means. Certain financial institutions in the United States have also experienced attacks from technically sophisticated and well-resourced third parties that were intended to disrupt normal business activities by making internet banking systems inaccessible to 14 Table of Contents customers for extended periods. These “denial-of-service” attacks have not breached our data security systems, but require substantial resources to defend, and may affect customer satisfaction and behavior. Despite our efforts to ensure the integrity of our systems, it is possible that we may not be able to anticipate or to implement effective preventive measures against all security breaches of these types, especially because the techniques used change frequently or are not recognized until launched, and because security attacks can originate from a wide variety of sources, including persons who are involved with organized crime or associated with external service providers or who may be linked to terrorist organizations or hostile foreign governments. Those parties may also attempt to fraudulently induce employees, customers or other users of our systems to disclose sensitive information in order to gain access to our data or that of our customers or clients. We have implemented employee and customer awareness training around phishing, malware, and other cyber risks. These risks may increase in the future as we continue to increase our mobile payments and other internet-based product offerings and expand our internal usage of web-based products and applications. If our security systems were penetrated or circumvented, it could cause serious negative consequences for us, including significant disruption of our operations, misappropriation of our confidential information or that of our customers, or damage our computers or systems and those of our customers and counterparties, and could result in violations of applicable privacy and other laws, financial loss to us or to our customers, loss of confidence in our security measures, customer dissatisfaction, significant litigation exposure, and harm to our reputation, all of which could have a material adverse effect on us. We rely on third party vendors, which could expose us to additional cybersecurity risks. Third party vendors provide key components of our business infrastructure, including certain data processing and information services. On our behalf, third parties may transmit confidential, propriety information. Although we require third party providers to maintain certain levels of information security, such providers may remain vulnerable to breaches, unauthorized access, misuse, computer viruses, or other malicious attacks that could ultimately compromise sensitive information. While we may contractually limit our liability in connection with attacks against third party providers, we remain exposed to the risk of loss associated with such vendors. In addition, a number of our vendors are large national entities with dominant market presence in their respective fields. Their services could prove difficult to replace in a timely manner if a failure or other service interruption were to occur. Failures of certain vendors to provide contracted services could adversely affect our ability to deliver products and services to our customers and cause us to incur significant expense. Our business is highly reliant on technology and our ability and our third party service providers to manage the operational risks associated with technology. Our business involves storing and processing sensitive consumer and business customer data. We depend on internal systems, third party service providers, and outsourced technology to support these data storage and processing operations. Despite our efforts to ensure the security and integrity of our systems, we may not be able to anticipate, detect or recognize threats to our systems or those of third party service providers or to implement effective preventive measures against all cyber security breaches. Cyberattack techniques change regularly and can originate from a wide variety of sources, including third parties who are or may be involved in organized crime or linked to terrorist organizations or hostile foreign governments, and such third parties may seek to gain access to systems directly or using equipment or security passwords belonging to employees, customers, third-party service providers or other users of our systems. These risks may increase in the future as we continue to increase our mobile and other internet-based product offerings and expands our internal usage of web-based products and applications. A cyber security breach or cyberattack could persist for a long time before being detected and could result in theft of sensitive data or disruption of our transaction processing systems. Our inability to use or access these information systems at critical points in time could unfavorably impact the timeliness and efficiency of our business operations. A material breach of customer data security may negatively impact our business reputation and cause a loss of customers, result in increased expense to contain the event and/or require that we provide credit monitoring services for affected customers, result in regulatory fines and sanctions and/or result in litigation. Cyber security risk management programs are expensive to maintain and will not protect us from all risks associated with maintaining the security of customer data and our proprietary data from external and internal intrusions, disaster recovery and failures in the controls used by our vendors. Cybersecurity and data privacy are areas of heightened legislative and regulatory focus. As cybersecurity and data privacy risks for banking organizations and the broader financial system have significantly increased in recent years, cybersecurity and data privacy issues have become the subject of increasing legislative and regulatory focus. The federal bank regulatory agencies have proposed enhanced cyber risk management standards, which would apply to a wide range of large financial institutions and their third-party service providers, including TriCo and its bank subsidiary, and would focus on cyber risk governance and management, management of internal and external dependencies, and incident response, cyber resilience and situational awareness. Several states have also proposed or adopted cybersecurity legislation and regulations, which require, among other things, notification to affected individuals when there has been a security breach of their personal data. For more information regarding cybersecurity regulation, refer to the “Supervision and Regulation” section of this report. We receive, maintain and store non-public personal information of our customers and counterparties, including, but not limited to, personally identifiable information and personal financial information. The sharing, use, disclosure and protection of this information are governed by federal and state law. Both personally identifiable information and personal financial information is increasingly subject to legislation and 15 Table of Contents regulation, the intent of which is to protect the privacy of personal information that is collected and handled. For example, in June of 2018, the Governor of California signed into law the CCPA. The CCPA, which became effective on January 1, 2020, applies to for-profit businesses that conduct business in California and meet certain revenue or data collection thresholds, including TriCo. For more information regarding data privacy regulation, refer to the “Supervision and Regulation” section of this report. We may become subject to new legislation or regulation concerning cybersecurity or the privacy of personally identifiable information and personal financial information or of any other information we may store or maintain. We could be adversely affected if new legislation or regulations are adopted or if existing legislation or regulations are modified such that we are required to alter our systems or require changes to our business practices or privacy policies. If cybersecurity, data privacy, data protection, data transfer or data retention laws are implemented, interpreted or applied in a manner inconsistent with our current practices, we may be subject to fines, litigation or regulatory enforcement actions or ordered to change our business practices, policies or systems in a manner that adversely impacts our operating results. In addition, any additional laws will result in increased compliance costs. A failure to implement technological advances could negatively impact our business. The banking industry is undergoing technological changes with frequent introductions of new technology-driven products and services. In addition to improving customer services, the effective use of technology increases efficiency and enables financial institutions to reduce costs. Our future success will depend, in part, on our ability to address the needs of our customers by using technology to provide products and services that will satisfy customer demands for convenience as well as to create additional efficiencies in our operations. Many of our competitors have substantially greater resources than we do to invest in technological improvements. We may not be able to effectively implement new technology-driven products and services or successfully market such products and services to our customers. In addition, advances in technology such as digital, mobile, telephone, text, and on-line banking; e-commerce; and self-service automatic teller machines and other equipment, as well as changing customer preferences to access our products and services through digital channels, could decrease the value of our store network and other assets. We may close or sell certain branches and restructure or reduce our remaining branches and work force. These actions could lead to losses on assets, expense to reconfigure branches and loss of customers in certain markets. As a result, our business, financial condition or results of operations may be adversely affected. ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS None. ITEM 2. PROPERTIES The Company is engaged in the banking business through 69 traditional branches, 7 in-store branches and 2 loan production offices in 29 counties in northern and central California including the counties of Butte, Colusa, Contra Costa, Del Norte, Fresno, Glenn, Humboldt, Kern, Lake, Lassen, Madera, Mendocino, Merced, Nevada, Placer, Sacramento, San Francisco, San Mateo, Santa Clara, Shasta, Siskiyou, Sonoma, Stanislaus, Sutter, Tehama, Trinity, Tulare, Yolo and Yuba. All offices are constructed and equipped to meet prescribed security requirements. As of December 31, 2019, the Company owned 34 branch office locations, two administrative buildings that include branch locations, and seven other buildings that are used as either administrative, operational, or loan production offices. The Company leased 33 branch office locations, two loan production offices, and one administrative location. Most of the leases contain multiple renewal options and provisions for rental increases, principally for changes in the cost of living index, property taxes and maintenance. All of the Company’s existing facilities are considered to be adequate for the Company’s present and future use. In the opinion of management, all properties are adequately covered by insurance. See “Note 7 – Premises and Equipment” to the consolidated financial statements at Part II, Item 8 of this report. ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS Neither the Company nor its subsidiaries are a party to any pending legal proceedings that are material, nor is their property the subject of any other material pending legal proceeding at this time. All other legal proceedings are routine and arise out of the ordinary course of the Bank’s business. None of those proceedings are currently expected to have a material adverse impact upon the Company’s and the Bank’s business, their consolidated financial position nor their operations in any material amount not already accrued, after taking into consideration any applicable insurance. ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES Not applicable. 16 Table of Contents PART II ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES Common Stock Market Prices and Dividends The Company’s common stock is traded on the Nasdaq under the symbol “TCBK.” The following table shows the high and the low closing sale prices for the common stock for each quarter in the past two years, as reported by Nasdaq: 2019 Fourth quarter Third quarter Second quarter First quarter 2018 Fourth quarter Third quarter Second quarter First quarter High Low 41.25 39.06 41.23 40.36 38.45 39.63 40.22 39.75 $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 35.05 34.81 37.30 33.79 31.96 36.98 36.65 36.35 $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ As of February 24, 2020 there were approximately 1,661 shareholders of record of the Company’s common stock. On February 24, 2020, the closing market price was $36.56 per share. The Company has paid cash dividends on its common stock in every quarter since March 1990, and it is currently the intention of the Board of Directors of the Company to continue payment of cash dividends on a quarterly basis. There is no assurance, however, that any dividends will be paid since they are dependent upon earnings, financial condition and capital requirements of the Company and the Bank. As of December 31, 2019, there was $131,000,000 available for payment of dividends by the Bank to the Company, under applicable laws and regulations. See “Note 27 – Summary of Quarterly Results of Operations (unaudited)” for the quarterly cash dividends paid by the Company in 2019 and 2018. Issuer Repurchases of Common Stock The Company has one previously announced stock repurchase plan under which it is currently authorized to purchase shares of its common stock. The table that follows provides additional information regarding this plan. Announcement Date 11/12/2019 Total shares approved for purchase Total shares repurchased under the plan Expiration date 1,525,000 — none The following table shows the repurchases made by the Company or any affiliated purchaser (as defined in Rule 10b-18(a)(3) under the Exchange Act) during the fourth quarter of 2019: Period October 1-31, 2019 (Note: 1) November 1-30, 2019 December 1-31, 2019 (Note 2) Total (a) Total number of shares purchased (b) Average price paid per share 7,462 $ — $ 13,562 21,024 $ $ 35.84 — 40.93 39.12 (c) Total number of shares purchased as of part of publicly announced plans or programs (d) Maximum number of shares that may yet be purchased under the plans or programs (3) — — — — — — 1,525,000 1,525,000 (1) Includes shares purchased pursuant to various other equity incentive plans. See Note 16 to the consolidated financial statements at Item 8 of Part II of this report, for a discussion of the Company’s stock repurchased under equity compensation plans. Includes shares purchased by the Company’s Employee Stock Ownership Plan. (2) (3) Does not include shares that may be purchased by the Company’s Employee Stock Ownership Plan and pursuant to various other equity incentive plans. 17 Table of Contents The following graph presents the cumulative total yearly shareholder return from investing $100 on December 31, 2014, in each of TriCo common stock, the Russell 3000 Index, and the SNL Western Bank Index. The SNL Western Bank Index compiled by SNL Financial includes banks located in California, Oregon, Washington, Montana, Hawaii and Alaska with market capitalization similar to that of TriCo’s. The amounts shown assume that any dividends were reinvested. TriCo Bancshares Index TriCo Bancshares Russell 3000 Index SNL Western Bank Index Equity Compensation Plans Period Ending 12/31/2014 12/31/2015 12/31/2016 12/31/2017 12/31/2018 12/31/2019 100.00 100.00 100.00 113.39 100.48 103.61 144.26 113.27 114.87 162.69 137.21 128.07 147.88 130.02 101.40 182.47 170.35 123.66 The following table shows shares reserved for issuance for outstanding options, stock appreciation rights and warrants granted under our equity compensation plans as of December 31, 2019. All of our equity compensation plans have been approved by shareholders. (a) Number of securities to be issued upon exercise of outstanding options, options, warrants and rights (b) Weighted average exercise price of outstanding options, warrants and rights (c) Number of securities remaining available for issuance under future equity compensation plans (excluding securities reflected in column (a)) — $ 160,500 160,500 $ $ — 17.60 17.60 — 1,315,537 1,315,537 Plan category Equity compensation plans not approved by shareholders Equity compensation plans approved by shareholders Total 18 Table of Contents ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA The following selected consolidated financial data are derived from our consolidated financial statements. This data should be read in connection with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes located at Item 8 of this report. TRICO BANCSHARES Financial Summary (In thousands, except per share amounts; unaudited) Year ended December 31, Interest income Interest expense Net interest income (Provision for) benefit from loan losses Noninterest income Noninterest expense Income before income taxes Provision for income taxes Net income Share Data Earnings per share: Basic Diluted Per share: Dividends paid Book value at period end Tangible book value at period end Average common shares outstanding Average diluted common shares outstanding Shares outstanding at period end Financial Ratios During the period: Return on average assets Return on average equity Net interest margin(1) Efficiency ratio Average equity to average assets Dividend payout ratio At period end: Equity to assets Total capital to risk-adjusted assets Balance Sheet Data $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 2019 272,444 (15,375) 257,069 1,690 53,520 (185,457) 126,822 (34,750) 92,072 3.02 3.00 0.82 29.70 21.69 30,478 30,645 30,524 1.43 % 10.49 % 4.47 % 59.71 % 13.97 % 27.15 % 14.01 % 15.10 % $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 2018 228,218 (12,872) 215,346 (2,583) 49,061 (168,472) 93,352 (25,032) 68,320 2.57 2.54 0.70 27.20 18.97 26,593 26,880 30,417 1.24 % 10.75 % 4.30 % 63.72 % 11.52 % 27.24 % 13.02 % 14.40 % $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 2017 181,402 (6,798) 174,604 (89) 49,452 (146,455) 77,512 (36,958) 40,554 1.77 1.74 0.66 22.03 19.01 22,912 23,250 22,956 0.89 % 8.10 % 4.22 % 65.37 % 10.99 % 37.30 % 10.62 % 14.07 % $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 2016 173,708 (5,721) 167,987 5,970 44,678 (146,112) 72,523 (27,712) 44,811 1.96 1.94 0.60 20.87 17.77 22,814 23,087 22,868 1.02 % 9.46 % 4.23 % 68.71 % 10.84 % 30.60 % 10.57 % 14.65 % 2015 161,414 (5,416) 155,998 2,210 46,210 (131,704) 72,714 (28,896) 43,818 1.93 1.91 0.52 19.85 16.81 22,750 22,998 22,775 1.11 % 10.04 % 4.32 % 65.13 % 11.01 % 27.20 % 10.71 % 15.09 % Total investments Total loans Total assets Total non-interest bearing deposits Total deposits Total other borrowings Total junior subordinated debt Total shareholders’ equity Total tangible equity (2) $ 1,345,954 4,307,366 6,471,181 1,832,665 5,366,994 18,484 57,232 906,570 662,141 $ $ 1,580,096 4,022,014 6,352,441 1,760,580 5,366,466 15,839 57,042 827,373 577,121 $ $ 1,262,683 3,015,165 4,761,315 1,368,218 4,009,131 122,166 56,858 505,808 436,323 $ $ 1,162,769 2,759,593 4,517,968 1,275,745 3,895,560 17,493 56,667 477,347 406,473 $ $ 1,131,415 2,522,937 4,220,722 1,155,695 3,631,266 12,328 56,470 452,116 382,760 $ (1) Fully taxable equivalent (FTE) (2) Tangible equity is calculated by subtracting Goodwill and Other intangible assets from Total shareholders’ equity. Management believes that tangible equity is meaningful because it is a measure that the Company and investors commonly use to assess capital adequacy. 19 Table of Contents ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS General As TriCo Bancshares has not commenced any business operations independent of the Bank, the following discussion pertains primarily to the Bank. Average balances, including such balances used in calculating certain financial ratios, are generally comprised of average daily balances for the Company. Within Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, interest income and net interest income may be presented on a fully tax-equivalent (FTE) basis. The presentation of interest income and net interest income on a FTE basis is a common practice within the banking industry. Interest income and net interest income are shown on a non-FTE basis within Item 7 and Item 8 of this report, and a reconciliation of the FTE and non-FTE presentations is provided below in the discussion of net interest income. Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates The Company’s discussion and analysis of its financial condition and results of operations are based upon its consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (GAAP). The preparation of these financial statements requires the Company to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. On an on-going basis, the Company evaluates its estimates, including those that materially affect the financial statements and are related to the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses, investments, mortgage servicing rights, fair value measurements, retirement plans, intangible assets and the fair value of acquired assets and liabilities. The Company bases its estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions. The Company’s policies related to estimates on the allowance for loan losses, other than temporary impairment of investments and impairment of intangible assets, can be found in Note 1 in the financial statements at Item 8 of this report. Average balances, including balances used in calculating certain financial ratios, are generally comprised of average daily balances for the Company. Within Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, certain performance measures including interest income, net interest income, net interest yield, and efficiency ratio are generally presented on a fully tax-equivalent (FTE) basis. The Company believes the use of these non-generally accepted accounting principles (non-GAAP) measures provides additional clarity in assessing its results. On July 6, 2018 the Bank completed its acquisition of FNBB originally announced on December 11, 2017 for an aggregate transaction value of $291,132,000. Through this business combination assets acquired, including core deposit intangibles of $27,605,000, totaled $1,306,539,000 and liabilities assumed totaled $1,171,968. Goodwill recognized totaled $156,561,000 and the merger expenses incurred during the year ended December 31, 2018 totaled $5,227,000. There were no merger expenses incurred during the year ended December 31, 2019. From time to time the Bank may be presented with the opportunity to purchase individual or pools of loans in whole or in part outside of a transaction that would be considered a business combination. As of December 31, 2019 and 2018 the outstanding carrying value of purchased loans that were not acquired in a business combination totaled $52,678,000 and $56,023,000, respectively. The Company refers to loans purchased or obtained in a business combination as “purchased credit impaired” (PCI) loans, or “purchased not credit impaired” (PNCI) loans. The Company refers to loans that it originates as “originated” loans. Additional information regarding the FNB Bancorp (FNBB) acquisition can be found in Note 2 in the consolidated financial statements at Item 8 of this report. Additional information regarding the definitions and accounting for originated, PNCI and PCI loans can be found in Notes 1, 2, 4 and 5 in the consolidated financial statements at Item 8 of this report, and under the heading Asset Quality and Non-Performing Assets below. Geographical Descriptions For the purpose of describing the geographical location of the Company’s operations, the Company has defined northern California as that area of California north of, and including, Stockton to the east and San Jose to the west; central California as that area of the state south of Stockton and San Jose, to and including, Bakersfield to the east and San Luis Obispo to the west; and southern California as that area of the state south of Bakersfield and San Luis Obispo. Results of Operations Overview The following discussion and analysis is designed to provide a better understanding of the significant changes and trends related to the Company and the Bank’s financial condition, operating results, asset and liability management, liquidity and capital resources and should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements of the Company and the related notes at Item 8 of this report. Following is a summary of the components of net income for the periods indicated (dollars in thousands): 20 Table of Contents Net interest income Reversal of (provision for) loan losses Noninterest income Noninterest expense Provision for income taxes Net income Net income per average fully-diluted share Net income as a percentage of average shareholders’ equity (ROAE) Net income as a percentage of average total assets (ROAA) Net Interest Income Year ended December 31, 2018 2017 2019 $ 257,069 $ 215,346 $ 174,604 1,690 53,520 (185,457) (34,750) (2,583) 49,061 (168,472) (25,032) $ $ 92,072 3.00 $ $ 68,320 2.54 $ $ 10.49 % 1.43 % 10.75 % 1.24 % (89) 49,452 (146,455) (36,958) 40,554 1.74 8.10 % 0.89 % The Company’s primary source of revenue is net interest income, which is the difference between interest income on earning assets and interest expense on interest-bearing liabilities. Following is a summary of the Company’s net interest income for the periods indicated (dollars in thousands): Interest income Interest expense Net interest income (not FTE) FTE adjustment Net interest income (FTE) Net interest margin (FTE) Acquired loans discount accretion: Purchased loan discount accretion Effect on average loan yield Effect of purchased loan discount accretion on net interest margin (FTE) Year ended December 31, 2018 2017 2019 $ 272,444 $ 228,218 $ 181,402 (15,375) 257,069 1,201 (12,872) 215,346 1,304 (6,798) 174,604 2,499 258,270 $ 216,650 $ 177,103 4.47 % 4.30 % 4.22 % 8,137 $ 5,271 $ 0.20 % 0.11 % 0.15 % 0.10 % 6,564 0.23 % 0.16 % $ $ Net interest income (FTE) during the year ended December 31, 2019 increased $41,620,000 or 19.2% to $258,270,000 compared to $216,650,000 during the year ended December 31, 2018. The increase was substantially attributable to changes in volume of earning assets from the acquisition of FNB Bancorp in July 2018, in addition to organic loan growth experienced during 2019. The yield on interest earning assets was 4.74% and 4.55% for the year ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. This 19 basis point increase in total earning asset yield was primarily attributable to a 20 basis point increase in loan yields and a 11 basis point increase in yields on total investments. Of the 20 basis point increase in yields on loans, 15 basis points was attributable to increases in market rates while 5 basis points was from accretion of purchased loans. The increases in yields on earning assets were partially offset by increased funding expenses as the costs of total interest bearing liabilities increased 3 basis points to 0.42% during the year ended December 31, 2019, as compared to 0.39% for the year ended December 31, 2018. During the same period, costs associated with interest bearing deposits increased by 10 basis points to 0.33% as compared to 0.23% in the prior year. The increase in interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2019 as compared to the prior period was due largely to the increases in the average balances of interest-bearing liabilities associated with the acquisition of FNB Bancorp, offset partially by reductions in the average balance of other borrowings. Net interest income (FTE) for the year ended December 31, 2018 increased $39,547,000 (22.3%) to $216,650,000 from $177,103,000 during the year ended December 31, 2017. The increase in net interest income (FTE) was due primarily to a $705,839,000 (24.8%) increase in the average balance of loans to $3,548,498,000 and a $160,433,000 (13.1%) increase in the average balance of investment securities to $1,383,975,000. Increases in average yields for earnings assets from 4.39% during 2017 to 4.55% during 2018 were offset by increases in the average rates paid on interest-bearing liabilities, primarily time deposits and other borrowings. The average rate paid on time deposits increased by 38 basis points from 0.48% during 2017 to 0.86% during 2018. Additionally, the average rate paid on other borrowings increased by 104 basis points, from 0.74% during 2017 to 1.78% during 2018. Also offsetting increases in net interest income was an increase in the average balance of other borrowings, which increased by $113,120,000 (274%) from $41,252,000 during the year ended December 31, 2017 to $154,372,000 during the year ended December 31, 2018. Despite the increase in average balance of other borrowings during the 2018 year as compared to 2017, the outstanding balance of other borrowings decreased to $15,839,000 at December 31, 2018 as compared to $122,166,000 at December 31, 2017. The decrease in other borrowings of $106,327,000 was primarily made possible through deposit growth. See Deposit Portfolio Composition below. The $705,839,000 increase in average loan balances compared to the prior year was due primarily to the merger of FNBB. The increase in the average yield on loans and investments-taxable was due to increases in the prime lending rate and market rates on investment purchased. 21 Table of Contents For more information related to loan interest income, including loan purchase discount accretion, see the Summary of Average Balances, Yields/Rates and Interest Differential and Note 27 to the consolidated financial statements at Part II, Item 8 of this report. The “Yield” and “Volume/Rate” tables shown below are useful in illustrating and quantifying the developments that affected net interest income during 2019 and 2018. Summary of Average Balances, Yields/Rates and Interest Differential – Yield Tables The following tables present, for the periods indicated, information regarding the Company’s consolidated average assets, liabilities and shareholders’ equity, the amounts of interest income from average earning assets and resulting yields, and the amount of interest expense paid on interest-bearing liabilities. Average loan balances include nonperforming loans. Interest income includes proceeds from loans on nonaccrual loans only to the extent cash payments have been received and applied to interest income. Yields on securities and certain loans have been adjusted upward to reflect the effect of income thereon exempt from federal income taxation at the statutory tax rate applicable during the period presented (dollars in thousands): 2019 2018 2017 Year ended December 31, Assets: Loans Investment securities— taxable Investment securities— nontaxable (1) Total investments Cash at Federal Reserve and other banks Total interest- earning assets Average Balance Interest Income/ Expense Rates Earned /Paid Average Balance Interest Income/ Expense Rates Earned /Paid Average Balance Interest Income/ Expense Rates Earned /Paid $ 4,111,093 $ 223,750 5.44 % $ 3,548,498 $ 186,117 5.24 % $ 2,842,659 $ 146,794 5.16 % 1,360,793 41,095 3.02 % 1,241,829 35,702 2.87 % 1,087,302 29,096 2.68 % 133,733 5,203 3.89 % 142,146 5,649 3.97 % 136,240 6,664 4.89 % 1,494,526 46,298 3.10 % 1,383,975 41,351 2.99 % 1,223,542 35,760 2.92 % 171,021 3,597 2.10 % 109,352 2,054 1.88 % 126,432 1,347 1.07 % 5,776,640 273,645 4.74 % 5,041,825 229,522 4.55 % 4,192,633 183,901 4.39 % Other assets Total assets 660,455 $ 6,437,095 Liabilities and shareholders’ equity: 496,323 $ 5,538,148 361,872 $ 4,554,505 Interest-bearing demand deposits Savings deposits Time deposits Total interest- bearing deposits Other borrowings Junior subordinated debt Total interest- bearing liabilities Noninterest-bearing deposits Other liabilities Shareholders’ equity Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity Net interest spread (2) Net interest income and interest margin (3) $ 1,254,375 1,089 0.09 % $ 1,075,331 945 0.09 % $ 939,516 744 0.08 % 1,883,964 4,892 0.26 % 1,610,202 2,803 0.17 % 1,368,705 1,683 0.12 % 446,142 5,735 1.29 % 378,058 3,248 0.86 % 317,724 1,531 0.48 % 3,584,481 11,716 0.33 % 3,063,591 6,996 0.23 % 2,625,945 3,958 0.15 % 15,484 387 2.50 % 154,372 2,745 1.78 % 41,252 305 0.74 % 57,133 3,272 5.73 % 56,950 3,131 5.50 % 56,762 2,535 4.47 % 3,657,098 15,375 0.42 % 3,274,913 12,872 0.39 % 2,723,959 6,798 0.25 % 1,780,746 121,933 877,318 1,531,383 74,113 657,739 1,262,592 67,301 500,653 $ 6,437,095 $ 5,538,148 $ 4,554,505 4.32 % 4.16 % 4.14 % $ 258,270 4.47 % $ 216,650 4.30 % $ 177,103 4.22 % 22 Increase in interest income: Loans Investment securities— taxable Investment securities— nontaxable Cash at Federal Reserve and other banks Total interest-earning assets Increase in interest expense: Interest-bearing demand deposits Savings deposits Time deposits Other borrowings Junior subordinated debt Total interest-bearing liabilities Table of Contents (1) The fully-taxable equivalent (FTE) adjustment for interest income of non-taxable investment securities was $1,200, $1,304, and $2,499 for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. (2) Net interest spread represents the average yield earned on interest-earning assets less the average rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities. (3) Net interest margin is computed by dividing net interest income by total average earning assets. Summary of Changes in Interest Income and Expense due to Changes in Average Asset and Liability Balances and Yields Earned and Rates Paid – Volume/Rate Tables The following table sets forth a summary of the changes in the Company’s interest income and interest expense from changes in average asset and liability balances (volume) and changes in average interest rates for the periods indicated. Changes applicable to both rate and volume have been included in the rate variance. Amounts are calculated on a fully taxable equivalent basis: Volume 2019 over 2018 Rate Total Volume 2018 over 2017 Rate Total $ 29,480 $ 8,153 $ 37,633 $ 36,421 $ 2,902 $ 39,323 3,414 1,979 5,393 4,141 2,465 6,606 (334) (112) (446) 289 (1,304) (1,015) 1,159 384 1,543 (183) 890 707 33,719 10,404 44,123 40,668 4,953 45,621 161 465 586 (2,472) 10 (17) 1,624 1,901 114 131 144 2,089 2,487 (2,358) 141 109 290 290 837 8 (1,250) 3,753 2,503 1,534 92 830 1,427 1,603 588 4,540 201 1,120 1,717 2,440 596 6,074 39,547 Increase in net interest income $ 34,969 $ 6,651 $ 41,620 $ 39,134 $ 413 $ Ending balances ($’s in thousands) Total assets Total loans Total investments Total deposits As of December 31, 2019 2018 $ Change % Change $ 6,471,181 $ 6,352,441 $ 4,307,366 1,345,954 4,022,014 1,580,096 118,740 285,352 (234,142) $ 5,366,994 $ 5,366,466 $ 528 1.9 % 7.1 % (14.8)% - % The change in average volume of interest earning assets and interest bearing liabilities during the year ended December 31, 2018 was significantly impacted by the acquisition of FNBB which was completed on July 6, 2018. The following is a summary of the certain consolidated assets and deposits as of the dates indicated: Annual average balances As of December 31, 2019 2018 $ Change Average Acquired Balances * Organic $ Change Organic % Change ($’s in thousands) Total assets Total loans Total investments Total deposits $ 6,437,095 $ 5,516,126 $ 920,969 $ 713,561 $ 207,408 4,111,093 1,494,526 3,548,498 1,383,975 562,595 110,551 407,051 163,695 155,544 (53,144) $ 5,365,227 $ 4,594,974 $ 770,253 $ 483,738 $ 286,515 3.76 % 4.38 % (3.84)% 6.24 % * Average acquired amounts calculated by computing the annualized balance outstanding during the year based on the acquisition date of July 6, 2018 and a 365 day calendar year. 23 Table of Contents Provision for Loan Losses The provision for loan losses during any period is the sum of the allowance for loan losses required at the end of the period and any loan charge offs during the period, less the allowance for loan losses required at the beginning of the period, and less any loan recoveries during the period. See the Tables labeled “Allowance for loan losses – year ended December 31, 2019 and 2018” at Note 5 in Item 8 of Part II of this report for the components that make up the provision for loan losses for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018. The Company recorded a benefit of $1,690,000 from loan losses during the year ended December 31, 2019, versus a $2,583,000 provision for loan losses during the year ended December 31, 2018. The reduced provision for loan losses for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to the year ended December 31, 2018 was primarily attributable to a $1,375,000 decreases in the amount of specific reserves required on impaired loans subsequent to the sale or repayment of the outstanding balances owed. In addition, while the Company remains cautious about the risks associated with trends in California real estate prices and the affordability of housing in the markets served by the Company, changes in home affordability and energy related index rates improved during the year ended December 31, 2019. The qualitative factors associated with these two measures reduced the level of calculated required reserves by approximately $1,059,000. These decreases were partially offset by the provisions to the allowance for loan losses necessitated by net loan growth during the year. As of December 31, 2019, the Company had established reserves totaling $2,500,000 related to the Camp Fire, compared to $3,250,000 as of December 31, 2018. As shown in the Table labeled “Allowance for Loan Losses—year ended December 31, 2019” at Note 5 in Item 8 of Part II of this report residential and commercial real estate loans, home equity lines, home equity loans, and commercial construction loans all experienced a benefit from reversal of provision for losses during the year ended December 31, 2019. The benefit from reversal of provision for loan losses of each loan category during the year ended December 31, 2019 was due primarily to improvements in historical loss factors and decreases in nonperforming loans as a total percentage of loans. The remaining other consumer, commercial and residential construction loans experienced a provision for losses during the year ended December 31, 2019 due primarily to loan growth. Net charge-offs for the year ended December 31, 2019 were $276,000 as compared to $324,000 net charge offs for the year ended December 31, 2018. Total nonperforming loans decreased from 0.68% of total loans at December 31, 2018 to 0.39% of total loans at December 31, 2019. For details of the change in nonperforming loans during the year ended December 31, 2018 see the Tables, and associated narratives, labeled “Changes in nonperforming assets during the year ended December 31, 2019” and “Changes in nonperforming assets during the three months ended December 31, 2019” under the heading “Asset Quality and Non-Performing Assets” below. The Company provided $2,583,000 for loan losses during the year ended December 31, 2018 versus an $89,000 provision for loan losses during the year ended December 31, 2017. The increase in provision for loan losses for the year ended December 31, 2018 compared to the year ended December 31, 2017 was due primarily to estimated losses related to the Camp Fire that occurred in the 4th quarter of 2018. As of December 31, 2018, the Company had established reserves totaling $3,250,000 related to the Camp Fire. As shown in the Table labeled “Allowance for Loan Losses—year ended December 31, 2018” at Note 5 in Item 8 of Part II of this report residential and commercial real estate loans, other consumer loans, commercial, and construction loans experienced provision for loan losses during the year ended December 31, 2018. The level of provision for loan losses of each loan category during the year ended December 31, 2018 was due primarily to increases in the required allowance for loan losses as of December 31, 2018 when compared to the required allowance for loan losses as of December 31, 2017 less net charge-offs during the year ended December 31, 2018. All categories of loans except consumer home equity lines of credit and commercial loans experienced an increase in the required allowance for loan losses during the year ended December 31, 2018. These increases in required allowance for loan losses were due primarily to the estimated losses related to the Camp Fire, as mentioned above, which were offset by improvements in historical loss factors and decreases in nonperforming loans as a total percentage of loans. Total net charge-offs for the year ended December 31, 2018 were $324,000 as compared to total net charge offs for the year ended December 31, 2017 of $2,269,000. Total nonperforming loans decreased from 0.81% of total loans at December 31, 2017 to 0.68% of total loans at December 31, 2018. For details of the change in nonperforming loans during the year ended December 31, 2017 see the Tables, and associated narratives, labeled “Changes in nonperforming assets during the year ended December 31, 2018” and “Changes in nonperforming assets during the three months ended December 31, 2018” under the heading “Asset Quality and Non-Performing Assets” below. The provision for loan losses related to Originated and PNCI loans is based on management’s evaluation of inherent risks in these loan portfolios and a corresponding analysis of the allowance for loan losses. The provision for loan losses related to PCI loan portfolio is based on changes in estimated cash flows expected to be collected on PCI loans. Additional discussion on loan quality, our procedures to measure loan impairment, and the allowance for loan losses is provided under the heading “Asset Quality and Non-Performing Assets” below. Management re-evaluates the loss ratios and other assumptions used in its calculation of the allowance for loan losses for its Originated and PNCI loan portfolios on a quarterly basis and makes changes as appropriate based upon, among other things, changes in loss rates experienced, collateral support for underlying loans, changes and trends in the economy, and changes in the loan mix. Management also re- evaluates expected cash flows used in its accounting for its PCI loan portfolio, including any required allowance for loan losses, on a quarterly basis and makes changes as appropriate based upon, among other things, changes in loan repayment experience, changes in loss rates experienced, and collateral support for underlying loans. 24 Table of Contents Non-interest Income The following table summarizes the Company’s non-interest income for the periods indicated (dollars in thousands): ATM and interchange fees Service charges on deposit accounts Other service fees Mortgage banking service fees Change in value of mortgage loan servicing rights Total service charges and fees Commissions on sale of non-deposit investment products Increase in cash value of life insurance Gain on sale of loans Lease brokerage income Sale of customer checks Gain on sale of investment securities Gain (loss) on marketable equity securities Other Total other non-interest income Total non-interest income Year Ended December 31, 2018 2017 2019 $ 20,639 $ 18,249 $ 16,657 3,015 1,917 (1,811) 40,417 2,877 3,029 3,282 878 529 110 86 2,312 13,103 15,467 2,852 2,038 (146) 38,460 3,151 2,718 2,371 678 449 207 (64) 1,091 10,601 $ 53,520 $ 49,061 $ 16,727 16,056 3,282 2,076 (718) 37,423 2,729 2,685 3,109 782 372 961 — 1,391 12,029 49,452 Non-interest income increased $4,459,000 or 9.1% to $53,520,000 during the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to $49,061,000 during the comparable twelve month period in 2018. Increases in non-interest income for the year ended 2019 as compared to the same period in 2018 was largely driven by increases in fees charged for various services and increases in usage associated with both services and interchange transactions. More specifically, the increase in income charged for interchange fees and service charges increased by $2,390,000 or 13.1% and $1,190,000 or 7.7%, respectively. Gains from the sale of mortgage loans, which resulted from increased volume, contributed $911,000 to the overall increase in non-interest income during the 2019 year. Other non-interest income was positively impacted by the recognition of $831,000 in life insurance death benefits during the year ended December 31, 2019, compared to none in the equivalent period in 2018. These positive changes were partially offset by $1,655,000 greater decline in the value of the Company's mortgage loan servicing rights due to increases in prepayment speeds and the overall decreases in interest rates on home loans as compared to those in the prior year. Non-interest income decreased $391,000 (0.8%) to $49,061,000 in 2018 compared to $49,452,000 in 2017. The decrease in non-interest income was due primarily to an decrease in service charges on deposit accounts and other service fees of $1,019,000 (5.3%) to $18,319,000, a decrease in gain on sale of loans of $738,000 (23.7%) to $2,371,000, a decrease in gain on sale of investment securities of $754,000 (78.5%), which were partially offset by an increase of $1,522,000 (9.1%) increase in ATM fees and interchange revenue, and a $422,000 (15.5%) increase in commissions on non-depository products. The $1,522,000 increase in ATM fees and interchange revenue was due primarily to the Company’s continued focus in this area, and growth in electronic payments volume. The $738,000 decrease in gain on sale of loans was due primarily to reduced residential mortgage refinance activity in 2018 compared to 2017. 25 Table of Contents Non-interest Expense The following table summarizes the Company’s other non-interest expense for the periods indicated (dollars in thousands): Year Ended December 31, 2018 2017 2019 Base salaries, net of deferred loan origination costs Incentive compensation Benefits and other compensation costs Total salaries and benefits expense Occupancy Data processing and software Equipment ATM and POS network charges Merger and acquisition expense Advertising Professional fees Intangible amortization Telecommunications Regulatory assessments and insurance Courier service Operational losses Postage Gain on sale of foreclosed assets Loss on disposal of fixed assets Other miscellaneous expense Total other non-interest expense Total non-interest expense Average full-time equivalent staff $ 70,218 $ 62,422 $ 13,106 22,741 106,065 14,893 13,517 7,022 5,447 — 5,633 3,754 5,723 3,190 1,188 1,308 986 1,258 (246) 82 15,637 79,392 11,147 20,373 93,942 12,139 11,021 6,651 5,271 5,227 4,578 3,546 3,499 3,023 1,906 1,287 1,260 1,154 (408) 185 14,191 74,530 54,589 9,227 19,114 82,930 10,894 10,448 7,141 4,752 530 4,101 3,745 1,389 2,713 1,676 1,035 1,394 1,296 (711) 142 12,980 63,525 $ 185,457 $ 168,472 $ 146,455 1,150 1,071 1,000 Salary and benefit expenses increased $12,123,000 (12.9%) to $106,065,000 during the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to $93,942,000 during the prior year month ended December 31, 2018. Base salaries, net of deferred loan origination costs increased $7,796,000 (12.5%) to $70,218,000. The increase in base salaries was due primarily to a 7.4% increase in average full time equivalent employees to 1,150 from 1,071 in the prior year-to-date period. Also affecting the increase in base salaries were annual merit increases and a higher wage base per employee resulting from the employees associated with the FNBB merger transaction due to the Bay Area region’s higher cost of living. During the year ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 there were $3,133,000 and $2,721,000, respectively, in salaries expense that were capitalized in association with loan origination activities and the increase was due solely to increases in the number of loans originated. Commissions and incentive compensation increased $1,959,000 (17.6%) to $13,106,000 during 2019 compared to 2018 primarily due to organic growth of loans and non-interest bearing deposits. Benefits & other compensation expense increased $2,368,000 (11.6%) to $22,741,000 during the year ended December 31, 2019 due primarily to increases in the average full time equivalent employees, as mentioned above, and to a lesser extent, annual increases in healthcare and benefits costs. Total other non-interest expense increased by $4,862,000 or 6.50% to $79,392,000 during the year ended December 31, 2019 as compared to the $74,530,000 for the year ended December 31, 2018. Virtually all significant increases in non-interest expense can be attributed to the acquisition of FNB Bancorp that took place in July 2018, which is reflected in all periods during the twelve months ended December 31, 2019, as compared to only six months in the prior year. Highlighting some of those increases were increases in occupancy, data processing, intangible amortization, which increased by $2,754,000, $2,496,000 and 2,224,000, respectively, as compared to the prior year. The increases in non-interest expenses were partially offset by an elimination of merger related expenses, totaling $5,227,000 in 2018 and a reduction in regulatory assessment costs resulting from credits issued by the FDIC totaling $862,000 for the year ended 2019. Total other non-interest expense increased by $11,005,000 (17.3%) to $74,530,000 during the year ended December 31, 2018 compared to the year ended December 31, 2017. The increase in other non-interest expense was due primarily to increased costs related to the merger of FNBB. Highlighting some of those increases were merger increases, increases in intangible amortization, occupancy, data processing, and advertising, which increased by $4,697,000, $2,110,000, $1,245,000, $573,000 and $477,000, respectively, as compared to the prior year. The increases in non-interest expenses were partially offset by decreased equipment expenses and professional fees of $490,000 and $199,000, respectively. 26 Table of Contents The provisions for income taxes applicable to income before taxes for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 differ from amounts computed by applying the statutory Federal income tax rates to income before taxes. The effective tax rate and the statutory federal income tax rate are reconciled as follows: Federal statutory income tax rate State income taxes, net of federal tax benefit Tax Cuts and Jobs Act impact of federal rate change Tax-exempt interest on municipal obligations Tax-exempt life insurance related income Low income housing and other tax credits Low income housing tax credit amortization Compensation and benefits Non-deductible merger expenses Other Effective Tax Rate Year Ended December 31, 2018 2017 2019 21.0 % 21.0 % 35.0 % 7.9 — (0.7) (0.6) (2.3) 2.1 (0.4) — 0.4 8.6 — (1.0) (0.6) (2.2) 2.0 (0.5) 0.2 (0.8) 6.9 9.6 (1.9) (1.3) (2.3) 2.1 (1.2) 0.2 0.5 27.4 % 26.7 % 47.6 % On December 22, 2017, President Donald Trump signed into law “H.R.1”, commonly known as the “Tax Cuts and Jobs Act”, which among other items reduces the Federal corporate tax rate from 35% to 21% effective January 1, 2018. This decrease in the Federal corporate tax rate had a positive impact on the Company’s net income beginning January 1, 2018. However, the enactment of the law during 2017 required the Company to re-measure its deferred tax assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2017. The Company concluded that this caused the Company’s net deferred tax asset to be reduced, and Federal income tax expense to be increased by $7,416,000 during the fourth quarter of 2017. Additionally, amortization expense of the low income housing tax credit investments was accelerated by $226,000. The effective tax rate on income was 27.4%, 26.8% and 47.7% in 2019, 2018, and 2017, respectively. The effective tax rate was greater than the Federal statutory rates of 21% in 2019 and 2018 and 35% in 2017 due to the combination of state tax expenses of 7.9% in 2019, 8.6% in 2018 and 6.9% in 2017. Tax provision expense for 2017 was increased further by $7,416,000 due to the remeasurement of the Company’s net deferred tax asset resulting from the Federal tax law change. These increases in tax expense were partially offset by Federal tax-exempt investment income of $4,002,000, $4,345,000 and $4,165,000, respectively, Federal and State tax-exempt income of $3,860,000, $2,718,000 and $2,792,000, respectively, from increase in cash value and gain on death benefit of life insurance, low income housing tax credits and losses, net of amortization of $230,000, $179,000 and $142,000 respectively, and equity compensation excess tax benefits, net of non- deductible compensation of $2,537,000, $499,000 and $916,000, respectively. The low income housing tax credits and the equity compensation excess tax benefits represent direct reductions in tax expense. The items noted above resulted in an effective combined Federal and State income tax rate that differed from the combined Federal and State statutory income tax rate of approximately 29.6% during 2019 and 2018 and 42.0% during 2017. Financial Condition Investment Securities The following table presents the available for sale debt securities and marketable equity investment securities portfolio by major type as of the dates indicated: Year ended December 31, (dollars in thousands) Marketable equity securities Debt securities available for sale: Obligations of U.S. government and agencies Obligations of states and political subdivisions Corporate bonds Asset backed securities Total debt securities available for sale Debt securities held to maturity: Obligations of U.S. government agencies Obligations of states and political subdivisions Total debt securities held to maturity 2019 2018 2017 2016 2015 $ $ $ $ $ 2,960 472,980 109,601 2,532 365,025 950,138 361,785 13,821 375,606 $ $ $ $ $ 2,874 629,981 126,072 4,478 354,505 1,115,036 430,343 14,593 444,936 $ $ $ $ $ 2,938 604,789 123,156 — — 727,945 500,271 14,573 514,844 $ $ $ $ $ 2,938 429,678 117,617 — — 547,295 597,982 14,554 612,536 $ $ $ $ $ 2,985 313,682 88,218 — — 401,900 711,994 14,536 726,530 27 Table of Contents Debt securities available for sale decreased $164,898,000 to $950,138,000 as of December 31, 2019, compared to December 31, 2018. This decrease is attributable to maturities and principal repayments of $97,993,000, sales of $127,066,000, an increase in fair value of investments securities available for sale of $24,361,000 and amortization of net purchase price premiums of $1,567,000. Debt securities held to maturity decreased $69,330,000 to $375,606,000 as of December 31, 2019, compared to December 31, 2018. This decrease is attributable to principal repayments of $68,346,000 and amortization of net purchase price premiums of $985,000. Additional information about the investment portfolio is provided in Note 3 in the financial statements at Item 8 of Part II of this report. Restricted Equity Securities Restricted equity securities were $17,250,000 at December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively. The entire balance of restricted equity securities at December 31, 2019 and 2018 represents the Bank’s investment in the Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco (“FHLB”). FHLB stock is carried at par and does not have a readily determinable fair value. While technically these are considered equity securities, there is no market for the FHLB stock. Therefore, the shares are considered as restricted investment securities. Management periodically evaluates FHLB stock for other-than-temporary impairment. Management’s determination of whether these investments are impaired is based on its assessment of the ultimate recoverability of cost rather than by recognizing temporary declines in value. The determination of whether a decline affects the ultimate recoverability of cost is influenced by criteria such as (1) the significance of any decline in net assets of the FHLB as compared to the capital stock amount for the FHLB and the length of time this situation has persisted, (2) commitments by the FHLB to make payments required by law or regulation and the level of such payments in relation to the operating performance of the FHLB, (3) the impact of legislative and regulatory changes on institutions and, accordingly, the customer base of the FHLB, and (4) the liquidity position of the FHLB. As a member of the FHLB system, the Bank is required to maintain a minimum level of investment in FHLB stock based on specific percentages of its outstanding mortgages, total assets, or FHLB advances. The Bank may request redemption at par value of any stock in excess of the minimum required investment. Stock redemptions are at the discretion of the FHLB. Loans The Bank concentrates its lending activities in four principal areas: real estate mortgage loans (residential and commercial loans), consumer loans, commercial loans (including agricultural loans), and real estate construction loans. The interest rates charged for the loans made by the Bank vary with the degree of risk, the size and maturity of the loans, the borrower’s relationship with the Bank and prevailing money market rates indicative of the Bank’s cost of funds. The majority of the Bank’s loans are direct loans made to individuals, farmers and local businesses. The Bank relies substantially on local promotional activity and personal contacts by bank officers, directors and employees to compete with other financial institutions. The Bank makes loans to borrowers whose applications include a sound purpose, a viable repayment source and a plan of repayment established at inception and generally backed by a secondary source of repayment. Loan Portfolio Composition The following table shows the Company’s loan balances, including net deferred loan fees, at the dates indicated: (dollars in thousands) Real estate mortgage Consumer Commercial Real estate construction Total loans 2019 Year ended December 31, 2017 2016 2018 2015 $ 3,328,290 $ 3,143,100 $ 2,300,322 $ 2,057,824 $ 1,811,832 445,542 283,707 249,827 418,982 276,548 183,384 356,874 220,412 137,557 362,303 217,047 122,419 395,283 194,913 120,909 $ 4,307,366 $ 4,022,014 $ 3,015,165 $ 2,759,593 $ 2,522,937 The following table shows the Company’s loan balances, including net deferred loan fees, as a percentage of total loans at the dates indicated: (dollars in thousands) Real estate mortgage Consumer Commercial Real estate construction Total loans Year ended December 31, 2017 2016 2018 78.1 % 10.4 % 6.9 % 4.6 % 100 % 76.3 % 11.8 % 7.3 % 4.6 % 100 % 74.6 % 13.1 % 7.9 % 4.4 % 100 % 2015 71.8 % 15.7 % 7.7 % 4.8 % 100 % 2019 77.3 % 10.3 % 6.6 % 5.8 % 100 % 28 Table of Contents At December 31, 2019 loans, including net deferred loan costs, totaled $4,307,366,000 which was a 7.10% ($285,352,000) increase over the balances at the end of 2018. At December 31, 2018 loans, including net deferred loan costs, totaled $4,022,014,000 which was a 33.4% ($1,006,849,000) increase over the balances at the end of 2017. Included in the increase in loans for 2018 is acquired loans, net of discount, of $834,683,000 from the acquisition of FNBB. Asset Quality and Nonperforming Assets Nonperforming Assets The following tables set forth the amount of the Bank’s nonperforming assets as of the dates indicated. “Performing non-accrual loans” are loans that may be current for both principal and interest payments, or are less than 90 days past due, but for which payment in full of both principal and interest is not expected, and are not well secured and in the process of collection: (dollars in thousands) Performing nonaccrual loans Nonperforming nonaccrual loans Total nonaccrual loans Originated and PNCI loans 90 days past due and still accruing Total nonperforming loans Foreclosed assets Total nonperforming assets U.S. government, including its agencies and its government-sponsored agencies, guaranteed portion of nonperforming loans Nonperforming assets to total assets Nonperforming loans to total loans Allowance for loan losses to nonperforming loans $ $ 2019 2018 December 31, 2017 2016 2015 $ 11,266 $ 22,689 $ 20,937 $ 17,677 $ 5,579 16,845 19 16,864 2,541 4,805 27,494 — 27,494 2,280 3,176 24,113 281 24,394 3,226 2,451 20,128 — 20,128 3,986 19,405 $ 29,774 $ 27,620 $ 24,114 $ 992 $ 1,173 $ 358 $ 911 $ 0.30 % 0.39 % 182 % 0.47 % 0.68 % 119 % 0.58 % 0.81 % 124 % 0.53 % 0.73 % 161 % 31,033 6,086 37,119 — 37,119 5,369 42,488 28 1.01 % 1.47 % 97 % (dollars in thousands) Performing nonaccrual loans Nonperforming nonaccrual loans Total nonaccrual loans Originated and PNCI loans 90 days past due and still accruing Total nonperforming loans Foreclosed assets Total nonperforming assets U.S. government, including its agencies and its government-sponsored agencies, guaranteed portion of nonperforming loans Nonperforming assets to total assets Nonperforming loans to total loans Allowance for loan losses to nonperforming loans Originated December 31, 2019 PCI PNCI Total $ 7,644 $ 1,481 $ 2,141 $ 3,107 10,751 — 10,751 1,047 11,798 780 0.18 % 0.25 % 280 % $ $ 2,431 3,912 19 3,931 — 3,931 $ — $ 0.06 % 0.09 % 13 % 41 2,182 — 2,182 1,494 3,676 212 0.06 % 0.05 % 0.27 % $ $ $ $ 11,266 5,579 16,845 19 16,864 2,541 19,405 992 0.30 % 0.39 % 182 % 29 Table of Contents (dollars in thousands) Performing nonaccrual loans Nonperforming nonaccrual loans Total nonaccrual loans Originated loans 90 days past due and still accruing Total nonperforming loans Foreclosed assets Total nonperforming assets U.S. government, including its agencies and its government-sponsored agencies, guaranteed portion of nonperforming loans Nonperforming assets to total assets Nonperforming loans to total loans Allowance for loan losses to nonperforming loans Originated December 31, 2018 PCI PNCI Total $ 16,573 $ 1,269 $ 4,847 $ 2,843 19,416 — 19,416 1,490 1,589 2,858 — 2,858 — 373 5,220 — 5,220 790 20,906 $ 2,858 $ 6,010 $ 800 $ — $ 373 $ 0.34 % 0.65 % 164 % 0.04 % 0.28 % 23.30 % 0.09 % 36.70 % 2.34 % $ $ 22,689 4,805 27,494 — 27,494 2,280 29,774 1,173 0.47 % 0.68 % 119 % Changes in nonperforming assets during the year ended December 31, 2019 The following table shows the activity in the balance of nonperforming assets for the year ended December 31, 2019: (in thousands) Real estate mortgage: Residential Commercial Consumer Home equity lines Home equity loans Other consumer Commercial Construction: Residential Commercial Total nonperforming loans Foreclosed assets Total nonperforming assets Balance at December 31, 2018 Additions Advances/ Paydowns, net Charge-offs/ Write-downs Transfers to Foreclosed Assets Category Changes Balance at December 31, 2019 $ 2,854 $ 4,186 $ (1,854) $ (2) $ (116) $ — $ 15,046 1,167 (9,293) (746) (971) 2,749 2,963 7 3,875 — — 27,494 2,280 1,391 445 287 2,343 — — 9,819 35 (1,185) (1,805) (78) (1,924) — — (16,139) (1,090) — (3) (165) (2,092) — — (3,008) 14 (215) — — — — — (1,302) 1,302 — — — — — — — — — 5,068 5,203 2,740 1,600 51 2,202 — — 16,864 2,541 $ 29,774 $ 9,854 $ (17,229) $ (2,994) $ — $ — $ 19,405 The table above does not include deposit overdraft charge-offs. Nonperforming assets decreased by $10,369,000 (34.8%) to $19,405,000 at December 31, 2018 from $29,774,000 at December 31, 2018. The decrease in nonperforming assets during 2019 was the result of new nonperforming loans of $9,819,000, which was more than offset by net paydowns, sales or upgrades of nonperforming loans to performing status totaling $16,139,000, dispositions of foreclosed assets totaling $1,090,000, and net charge-offs of $2,994,000. 30 Table of Contents Changes in nonperforming assets during the year ended December 31, 2018 The following table shows the activity in the balance of nonperforming assets for the year ended December 31, 2018: (in thousands) Real estate mortgage: Residential Commercial Consumer Home equity lines Home equity loans Other consumer Commercial Construction: Residential Commercial Total nonperforming loans Foreclosed assets Balance at December 31, 2017 New NPA Advances/ Paydowns, net Charge-offs/ Write-downs Transfers to Foreclosed Assets Category Changes Balance at December 31, 2018 $ 3,739 $ 2,007 $ (1,793) $ (51) $ — $ (1,048) $ 11,820 3,482 1,636 11 3,706 — — 24,394 3,226 6,204 0 3,048 2,434 114 3,209 — — 17,016 — (3,455) 0 (3,401) (724) (31) (1,975) — — (11,379) (2,119) (15) 0 (104) (51) (87) (967) — — (1,275) (89) (580) 0 (49) (633) — — — — (1,262) 1,262 1,072 0 (227) 301 — (98) — — — — 2,854 15,046 2,749 2,963 7 3,875 — — 27,494 2,280 29,774 Total nonperforming assets $ 27,620 $ 17,016 $ (13,498) $ (1,364) $ — $ — $ The table above does not include deposit overdraft charge-offs. Nonperforming assets increased by $2,154,000 (7.8%) to $29,774,000 at December 31, 2018 from $27,620,000 at December 31, 2017. The increase in nonperforming assets during 2018 was the result of new nonperforming loans of $17,016,000, that were partially offset by net paydowns, sales or upgrades of nonperforming loans to performing status totaling $11,379,000, dispositions of foreclosed assets totaling $2,119,000, and net charge-offs of $1,364,000. Changes in nonperforming assets during the three months ended December 31, 2019 The following table shows the activity in the balance of nonperforming assets for the quarter ended December 31, 2019: (in thousands) Real estate mortgage: Residential Commercial Consumer Home equity lines Home equity loans Other consumer Commercial Construction: Residential Commercial Total nonperforming loans Foreclosed assets Total nonperforming assets Balance at September 30, 2019 Additions Advances/ Paydowns, net Charge-offs/ Write-downs Transfers to Foreclosed Assets Category Changes Balance at December 31, 2019 $ 4,370 $ 6,040 2,600 2,063 64 3,428 — — 18,565 1,546 773 315 484 10 83 615 — — 2,280 — $ (75) $ — $ — $ — $ (181) (344) (473) (27) (960) — — (2,060) (81) — — — (69) (881) — — (950) 105 (971) — — — — — — (971) 971 — — — — — — — — — 5,068 5,203 2,740 1,600 51 2,202 — — 16,864 2,541 $ 20,111 $ 2,280 $ (2,141) $ (845) $ — $ — $ 19,405 The table above does not include deposit overdraft charge-offs. Nonperforming assets decreased during the fourth quarter of 2019 by $706,000 (3.5%) to $19,405,000 at December 31, 2019 compared to $20,111,000 at September 30, 2019. The decrease in nonperforming assets during the fourth quarter of 2019 was the result of new nonperforming loans of $2,280,000, that were fully offset by net paydowns, sales or upgrades of nonperforming loans to performing status totaling $2,060,000, dispositions of foreclosed assets totaling $81,000, and net charge-offs of 845,000 in non-performing assets. 31 Table of Contents The $2,280,000 in new nonperforming loans during the fourth quarter of 2019 was comprised of increases of $773,000 on four residential real estate loans, $315,000 on two commercial real estate loans, $484,000 on seven home equity lines and loans, and $615,000 on nine C&I loans. Changes in nonperforming assets during the three months ended December 31, 2018 The following table shows the activity in the balance of nonperforming assets for the quarter ended December 31, 2018: (in thousands) Real estate mortgage: Residential Commercial Consumer Home equity lines Home equity loans Other consumer Commercial Construction: Residential Commercial Total nonperforming loans Foreclosed assets Total nonperforming assets Balance at September 30, 2018 New NPA Advances/ Paydowns, net Charge-offs/ Write-downs Transfers to Foreclosed Assets Category Changes Balance at December 31, 2018 $ 3,038 $ 1,104 $ (1,288) $ 15,129 1,947 (1,450) — $ — 2,133 3,089 8 3,751 — — 27,148 1,832 895 461 — 1,338 — — 5,745 — (230) (489) (1) (990) — — (4,448) (278) — (1) — (224) — — (225) — — $ — $ (580) (49) (97) — — — — (726) 726 — — — — — — — — — 2,854 15,046 2,749 2,963 7 3,875 — — 27,494 2,280 $ 28,980 $ 5,745 $ (4,726) $ (225) $ — $ — $ 29,774 The table above does not include deposit overdraft charge-offs. Nonperforming assets increased during the fourth quarter of 2018 by $794,000 (2.7%) to $29,774,000 at December 31, 2018 compared to $28,980,000 at September 30, 2018. The increase in nonperforming assets during the fourth quarter of 2018 was primarily the result of new nonperforming loans of $5,745,000, that were partially offset by net paydowns, sales or upgrades of nonperforming loans to performing status totaling $4,448,000, dispositions of foreclosed assets totaling $278,000, and loan charge-offs of $225,000. The $5,745,000 in new nonperforming loans during the fourth quarter of 2018 was comprised of increases of $1,104,000 on three residential real estate loans, $1,947,000 on seven commercial real estate loans, $1,356,000 on 14 home equity lines and loans, and $1,338,000 on 18 C&I loans. The $1,104,000 in new nonperforming residential real estate loans was primarily made up of one loan in the amount of $624,000 secured by a single family property in northern California. The $1,947,000 in new nonperforming CRE loans was primarily comprised of three loans in the amount of $1,084,000 secured by agricultural real estate in northern California, one loan in the amount of $454,000 secured by a commercial building in northern California, and three smaller loans totaling $410,000. The $1,338,000 in new nonperforming C&I loans was primarily comprised of two loans totaling $740,000 within a single relationship secured by general business assets in northern California, and three loans within a single relationship in the amount of $209,000 also secured by general business assets in northern California. Allowance for Loan Losses The Company’s method for assessing the appropriateness of the allowance for originated and PNCI loan losses includes specific allowances for impaired loans, formula allowance factors for pools of credits, and allowances for changing environmental factors (e.g., interest rates, growth, economic conditions, etc.). Allowance factors for loan pools were based on historical loss experience by product type and prior risk rating. The first component, the specific allowance, results from the analysis of identified credits that meet management’s criteria for specific evaluation. These loans are reviewed individually to determine if such loans are considered impaired. Impaired loans are those where management has concluded that it is probable that the borrower will be unable to pay all amounts due under the original contractual terms. Impaired loans are specifically reviewed and evaluated individually by management for loss potential by evaluating sources of repayment, including collateral as applicable, and a specified allowance for loan losses is established where necessary. The second component of the allowance for originated and PNCI loan losses, the formula allowance, is an estimate of the probable losses that have occurred across the major loan categories in the Company’s originated and PNCI loan portfolios. This analysis is based on loan grades by pool and the loss history of these pools. This analysis covers the Company’s entire originated and PNCI loan portfolios including unused 32 Table of Contents commitments but excludes any loans that were analyzed individually and assigned a specific allowance as discussed above. The total amount allocated for this component is determined by applying loss estimation factors to outstanding loans and loan commitments. The loss factors were previously based primarily on the Company’s historical loss experience tracked over a five-year period and adjusted as appropriate for the input of current trends and events. Because historical loss experience varies for the different categories of originated loans, the loss factors applied to each category also differed. In addition, there is a greater chance that the Company would suffer a loss from a loan that was risk rated less than satisfactory than if the loan was last graded satisfactory. Therefore, for any given category, a larger loss estimation factor was applied to less than satisfactory loans than to those that the Company last graded as satisfactory. The resulting formula allowance was the sum of the allocations determined in this manner. The third component of the allowances for originated and PNCI loan losses, the environmental factor allowance, is a component that is not allocated to specific loans or groups of loans, but rather is intended to absorb losses that may not be provided for by the other components. There are several primary reasons that the other components discussed above might not be sufficient to absorb the losses present in the originated and PNCI loan portfolios, and the environmental factor allowance is used to provide for the losses that have occurred because of them. The first reason is that there are limitations to any credit risk grading process. The volume of originated and PNCI loans makes it impractical to re-grade every loan every quarter. Therefore, it is possible that some currently performing originated or PNCI loans not recently graded will not be as strong as their last grading and an insufficient portion of the allowance will have been allocated to them. Grading and loan review often must be done without knowing whether all relevant facts are at hand. Troubled borrowers may deliberately or inadvertently omit important information from reports or conversations with lending officers regarding their financial condition and the diminished strength of repayment sources. The second reason is that the loss estimation factors are based primarily on historical loss totals. As such, the factors may not give sufficient weight to such considerations as the current general economic and business conditions that affect the Company’s borrowers and specific industry conditions that affect borrowers in that industry. The factors might also not give sufficient weight to other environmental factors such as changing economic conditions and interest rates, portfolio growth, entrance into new markets or products, and other characteristics as may be determined by Management. Specifically, in assessing how much environmental factor allowance needed to be provided, management considered the following: • • • • • • with respect to the economy, management considered the effects of changes in GDP, unemployment, CPI, debt statistics, housing starts, home affordability, and other economic factors which serve as indicators of economic health and trends and which may have an impact on the performance of our borrowers, and with respect to changes in the interest rate environment, management considered the recent changes in interest rates and the resultant economic impact it may have had on borrowers with high leverage and/or low profitability; and with respect to changes in energy prices, management considered the effect that increases, decreases or volatility may have on the performance of our borrowers, and with respect to loans to borrowers in new markets and growth in general, management considered the relatively short seasoning of such loans and the lack of experience with such borrowers, and with respect to loans that have not yet been identified as impaired, management considered the volume and severity of past due loans, and with respect to concentrations within the portfolio, management considered the risk introduced by concentrations among specific segments of the portfolio, underlying collateral types, borrowers or group of borrowers, and geographic areas. Each of these considerations was assigned a factor and applied to a portion or the entire originated and PNCI loan portfolios. Since these factors are not derived from experience and are applied to large non-homogeneous groups of loans, they are available for use across the portfolio as a whole. 33 Table of Contents The Components of the Allowance for Loan Losses The following table sets forth the Bank’s allowance for loan losses as of the dates indicated (dollars in thousands): (dollars in thousands) 2019 2018 December 31, 2017 2016 2015 Allowance for non-impaired originated and PNCI loan losses: Environmental factors allowance $ 12,146 $ 11,577 $ 10,252 $ 10,275 $ Formula allowance 17,529 18,689 17,100 17,485 Total allowance for non-impaired originated and PNCI loan losses Allowance for impaired loans Allowance for PCI loan losses Total allowance for loan losses 29,675 935 6 30,266 2,194 122 27,352 2,699 272 27,760 2,046 2,697 $ 30,616 $ 32,582 $ 30,323 $ 32,503 $ Allowance for loan losses to loans 0.71 % 0.81 % 1.01 % 1.18 % 9,625 20,603 30,228 2,890 2,893 36,011 1.43 % Based on the current conditions of the loan portfolio, management believes that the $30,616,000 allowance for loan losses at December 31, 2019 is adequate to absorb probable losses inherent in the Bank’s loan portfolio. No assurance can be given, however, that adverse economic conditions or other circumstances will not result in increased losses in the portfolio. The following table summarizes the allocation of the allowance for loan losses between loan types: (in thousands) Real estate mortgage Consumer Commercial Real estate construction Total allowance for loan losses 2019 2018 December 31, 2017 2016 2015 $ 14,301 $ 15,620 $ 13,758 $ 14,265 $ 7,778 5,149 3,388 8,375 6,090 2,497 8,227 6,512 1,826 10,310 5,831 2,097 13,911 15,118 5,271 1,711 $ 30,616 $ 32,582 $ 30,323 $ 32,503 $ 36,011 The following table summarizes the allocation of the allowance for loan losses between loan types as a percentage of the total allowance for loan losses: Real estate mortgage Consumer Commercial Real estate construction Total 2019 2018 December 31, 2017 2016 2015 46.8 % 25.4 % 16.8 % 11.0 % 47.9 % 25.7 % 18.7 % 7.7 % 45.4 % 27.1 % 21.5 % 6.0 % 44.0 % 31.6 % 17.9 % 6.5 % 38.7 % 41.9 % 14.6 % 4.8 % 100.0 % 100.0 % 100.0 % 100.0 % 100.0 % The following table summarizes the allocation of the allowance for loan losses between loan types as a percentage of total loans and as a percentage of total loans in each of the loan categories listed: Real estate mortgage Consumer Commercial Real estate construction Total 2019 2018 December 31, 2017 2016 2015 0.43 % 1.75 % 1.81 % 1.36 % 0.71 % 0.50 % 2.00 % 2.20 % 1.36 % 0.81 % 0.60 % 2.31 % 2.95 % 1.33 % 1.01 % 0.69 % 2.84 % 2.69 % 1.71 % 1.18 % 0.77 % 3.81 % 2.70 % 1.42 % 1.43 % 34 Table of Contents The following tables summarize the activity in the allowance for loan losses for the years indicated (dollars in thousands): Allowance for loan losses: Balance at beginning of period $ 32,582 $ 30,323 $ 32,503 $ 36,011 $ Provision for (benefit from) loan losses (1,690) 2,583 89 (5,970) 2019 Year ended December 31, 2017 2016 2018 (3,230) (2,816) (60) (186) (98) (332) (1,186) (1,444) (1,104) — (4,410) — 397 698 242 375 428 — 1 (321) (827) (585) (219) (823) (455) — — 880 920 2,317 590 449 404 54 78 2015 36,585 (2,210) (224) — (694) (242) (976) (680) — — 204 243 666 252 542 677 1,728 140 4,452 1,636 36,011 2,389,437 Loans charged off: Real estate mortgage: Residential Commercial Consumer: Home equity lines Home equity loans Other consumer Commercial Construction: Residential Commercial (2) (746) — (3) (765) (2,123) — — (77) (15) (277) (24) (783) (1,188) — — Total loans charged off (3,639) (2,364) Recoveries of previously charged-off loans: Real estate mortgage: 55 1,528 504 430 321 525 — — — 68 846 297 288 541 — — Residential Commercial Consumer: Home equity lines Home equity loans Other consumer Commercial Construction: Residential Commercial Total recoveries of previously charged off loans Net (charge-offs) recoveries Balance at end of period Average total loans Ratios: Net charge-offs (recoveries) during period to average loans outstanding during period Provision for (benefit from) loan losses to average loans outstanding during period Allowance for loan losses to loans at year-end 3,363 (276) 30,616 4,111,093 $ $ 2,040 (324) 32,582 3,548,489 $ $ 2,141 (2,269) 30,323 2,842,659 $ $ 5,692 2,462 32,503 2,629,729 $ $ $ $ 0.01 % 0.01 % 0.08 % (0.09)% (0.07)% (0.04)% 0.71 % 0.07 % 0.81 % — % 1.01 % (0.23)% 1.18 % (0.09)% 1.43 % Generally losses are triggered by non-performance by the borrower and calculated based on any difference between the current loan amount and the current value of the underlying collateral less any estimated costs associated with the disposition of the collateral. 35 Table of Contents Changes in Accounting Standards: Credit Losses Standards Applicable to the Company's Accounting for Credit Losses Through December 31, 2019 As described more thoroughly in footnote 1 of the accompanying financial statements included in Item 8 of this filing, the Company has historically recorded reserves for credit losses based on probable observations that were incurred as of the balance sheet date. In addition, allowances for credit losses associated with acquired loan portfolios were not recorded at the time of acquisition. Changes Applicable to the Company's Accounting for Credit Losses Subsequent to December 31, 2019 The Financial Accounting Standards Board has issued final guidance on a new current expected credit loss (‘‘CECL’’) standard, which the Company is required to adopt on January 1, 2020. The CECL requirements will require consideration of a broader range of reasonable and supportable information to estimate future credit loss estimates as compared to losses that are probable to have occurred as of the balance sheet date. In addition, CECL will modify the accounting for purchased loans with credit deterioration since origination, so that reserves are established at the date of acquisition for purchased loans. Further, the CECL standard requires enhanced disclosures on the significant estimates and judgments used to estimate credit losses, as well as on the credit quality and underwriting standards of an organization’s portfolio. These disclosures, among other things, will require the Company to present the currently required credit quality disclosures disaggregated by the year of origination or vintage. The CECL standard does not prescribe a method for implementation but does require the method chosen to be reasonable and supportable. The Company engaged a third-party vendor to assist with building and developing the required models, and has completed the initial build out of the required models. Additionally, the Company has developed a reasonable and supportable forecast based upon various economic forecast scenarios, which has been incorporated into the models. The models primarily produce weighted average charge-off loss rates on pools of loans, adjusted for certain historical and forecast assumptions, which are applied to a life of loan duration. In the absence of a unique loss history for any pool of loans, management has utilized peer data for similarly sized institutions. Additional qualitative factors, which management believes have a high degree of correlation to the Company's loan portfolio loss characteristics, are added to these historical rates. Based on the loan portfolio composition, characteristics and quality of the loan portfolio as of December 31, 2019, and the current economic environment, management estimates that the total allowance for loan losses will increase from $30,616,000 to approximately $42,000,000 to $50,000,000, or an increase of $11,384,000 to $19,384,000. The estimated decline in equity, net of tax, will range from $8,020,000 to $13,655,000. This increase includes the new requirement to include expected losses on purchased credit-deteriorated loans within the allowance for loan losses. The economic conditions, forecasts and assumptions used in the model could be significantly different in future periods. The impact of the change in the allowance on our results of operations in a provision for credit losses will depend on the current period net charge-offs, level of loan originations, and change in mix of the loan portfolio. The ranges noted above exclude any impact to the Company's reserve for unfunded commitments, which management does not believe the adoption of CECL will have a significant impact. As time progresses and the results of economic conditions require model assumption inputs to change, further refinements to the estimation process may also be identified. In addition, detailed and thorough disclosures are in process of being developed to explain the complexity of this estimate and to aid users of the financial statements in making informed decisions. In addition to credit losses associated with the Company's loan portfolio, the CECL standard requires that loss estimates be developed for securities classified as held-to-maturity (HTM). As of December 31, 2019 the Company's HTM investment portfolio had a carrying value of approximately $375,606,000 and is comprised of $361,785,000 in obligations backed by U.S. government agencies and $13,821,000 in obligations of states and political subdivisions. As the 96.3% of the HTM portfolio consists of investment securities where payment performance has an implicit or explicit guarantee from the U.S. government and where no history of credit losses exist, management believes that indicators for zero loss are present and therefore, no loss reserves are anticipated to result from the adoption and implementation of the CECL standard. Management has separately evaluated its HTM investment securities from obligations of state and political subdivisions utilizing the historical loss data represented by similar securities over a period of time spanning nearly 50 years. Based on this evaluation, management has determined that the expected credit losses associated with these securities is less than significant for financial reporting purposes and therefore, no loss reserves are anticipated to result from the adoption and implementation of the CECL standard. Foreclosed Assets, Net of Allowance for Losses The following tables detail the components and summarize the activity in foreclosed assets, net of allowances for losses for the years indicated (dollars in thousands): Land & Construction Residential real estate Commercial real estate Total foreclosed assets Balance at December 31, 2018 Additions Advances/ Capitalized Costs/Other Sales Valuation Adjustments Balance at December 31, 2019 $ $ 445 $ — $ — $ — $ (132) $ 1,742 93 278 971 — — (1,064) (26) 2,280 $ 1,249 $ — $ (1,090) $ 89 145 102 $ 313 1,045 1,183 2,541 36 Table of Contents Balance at December 31, 2017 Additions Advances/ Capitalized Costs/Other Sales Valuation Adjustments Balance at December 31, 2018 Land & Construction Residential real estate Commercial real estate Total foreclosed assets $ $ 1,786 $ — $ — $ (1,341) $ — $ 1,186 254 1,262 — — — (634) (144) (72) (17) 3,226 $ 1,262 $ — $ (2,119) $ (89) $ 445 1,742 93 2,280 Premises and Equipment Premises and equipment were comprised of: Land & land improvements Buildings Furniture and equipment Less: Accumulated depreciation Construction in progress Total premises and equipment As of December 31, 2019 2018 (In thousands) $ 29,453 $ 65,241 45,723 140,417 (53,704) 86,713 373 29,065 64,478 45,228 138,771 (50,125) 88,646 701 $ 87,086 $ 89,347 During the year ended December 31, 2019, premises and equipment, net of depreciation, decreased by $2,261,000. The Company had purchases of $4,293,000 that were offset by depreciation of $6,472,000 and disposals of premises and equipment with net book value of $82,000. Depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 was $6,104,000 and $5,686,000, respectively. Purchases of fixed assets during the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 totaled $7,435,000 and $15,164,000, respectively. Intangible Assets Intangible assets were comprised of the following: (In thousands) Core-deposit intangible Goodwill Total intangible assets December 31, 2019 December 31, 2018 $ $ 23,557 $ 220,872 244,429 $ 29,280 220,972 250,252 The core-deposit intangible assets resulted from the Company’s acquisition of FNBB on July 6, 2018, three bank branches from Bank of America on March 18, 2016, North Valley Bancorp in 2014, and Citizens in 2011. The goodwill intangible asset includes $156,561,000 from the FNBB acquisition on July 6, 2018, $849,000 from the acquisition of three bank branches from Bank of America on March 18, 2016, $47,943,000 from the North Valley Bancorp acquisition in 2014, and $15,519,000 from the North State National Bank acquisition in 2003. Amortization of core deposit intangible assets amounting to $5,723,000, $3,499,000, and $1,389,000 was recorded in 2019, 2018, and 2017, respectively. Deposit Portfolio Composition The following table shows the Company’s deposit balances at the dates indicated: 37 Table of Contents (dollars in thousands) Noninterest-bearing demand Interest-bearing demand Savings Time certificates, over $250,000 Other time certificates Total deposits Long-Term Debt 2019 Year ended December 31, 2017 2016 2018 2015 $ 1,832,665 $ 1,760,580 $ 1,368,218 $ 1,275,745 $ 1,155,695 1,242,274 1,851,549 129,061 311,445 1,252,366 1,921,324 132,429 299,767 971,459 887,625 853,961 1,364,518 1,397,036 1,281,540 73,596 231,340 75,184 259,970 74,647 265,423 $ 5,366,994 $ 5,366,466 $ 4,009,131 $ 3,895,560 $ 3,631,266 See Note 13 to the consolidated financial statements at Item 8 of this report for information about the Company’s other borrowings, including long-term debt. Junior Subordinated Debt See Note 14 to the consolidated financial statements at Item 8 of this report for information about the Company’s junior subordinated debt. Equity See Note 16 and Note 26 in the consolidated financial statements at Item 8 of this report for a discussion of shareholders’ equity and regulatory capital, respectively. Management believes that the Company’s capital is adequate to support anticipated growth, meet the cash dividend requirements of the Company and meet the future risk-based capital requirements of the Bank and the Company. Market Risk Management Overview. The goal for managing the assets and liabilities of the Bank is to maximize shareholder value and earnings while maintaining a high quality balance sheet without exposing the Bank to undue interest rate risk. The Board of Directors has overall responsibility for the Company’s interest rate risk management policies. The Bank has an Asset and Liability Management Committee which establishes and monitors guidelines to control the sensitivity of earnings and the fair value of certain assets and liabilities as may be caused by changes in interest rates. The Company does not hold any financial instruments that are not maintained in US dollars and is not party to any contracts that may be settled or repaid in a denomination other than US dollars. Asset/Liability Management. Activities involved in asset/liability management include but are not limited to lending, accepting and placing deposits, investing in securities and issuing debt. Interest rate risk is the primary market risk associated with asset/liability management. Sensitivity of earnings to interest rate changes arises when yields on assets change in a different time period or in a different amount from that of interest costs on liabilities. To mitigate interest rate risk, the structure of the balance sheet is managed with the goal that movements of interest rates on assets and liabilities are correlated and contribute to earnings even in periods of volatile interest rates. The asset/liability management policy sets limits on the acceptable amount of variance in net interest margin and market value of equity under changing interest environments. Market value of equity is the net present value of estimated cash flows from the Bank’s assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet items. The Bank uses simulation models to forecast net interest margin and market value of equity. Simulation of net interest margin and market value of equity under various interest rate scenarios is the primary tool used to measure interest rate risk. The Bank estimated the potential impact of changing interest rates on net interest margin and market value of equity using computer- modeling techniques. A balance sheet forecast is prepared using inputs of actual loan, securities and interest-bearing liability (i.e. deposits/ borrowings) positions as the beginning base. In the simulation of net interest income and market value of equity, the forecast balance sheet is processed against various interest rate scenarios. These various interest rate scenarios include a flat rate scenario, which assumes interest rates are unchanged in the future, and rate ramp and or shock scenarios including -200, -100, +100, and +200 basis points around the flat scenario. As of December 31, 2019 the overnight Federal funds rate, the rate primarily used in these interest rate shock scenarios, was less than 2.00%. Based on the historical nature of these rates in the United States not falling below zero, management believes that a shock scenario that reduces interest rates below zero would not provide meaningful results and therefor, have not been modeled. These scenarios assume that 1) interest rates increase or decrease evenly (in a “ramp” fashion) over a twelve-month period and remain at the new levels beyond twelve months or 2) that interest rates change instantaneously (“shock”). The simulation results shown below assume no changes in the structure of the Company’s balance sheet over the twelve months being measured. The following table summarizes the estimated effect on net interest income and market value of equity to changing interest rates as measured against a flat rate (no interest rate change) instantaneous shock scenario over a twelve month period utilizing the Company's specific mix of interest earning assets and interest bearing liabilities as of December 31, 2019. 38 Table of Contents Interest Rate Risk Simulations: Change in Interest Rates (Basis Points) +200 (shock) +100 (shock) + 0 (flat) -100 (shock) -200 (shock) Estimated Change in Net Interest Income (NII) (as % of NII) Estimated Change in Market Value of Equity (MVE) (as % of MVE) 1.2 % 0.8 % — (3.7)% nm 8.0 % 5.5 % — (15.3)% nm These simulations indicate that given a “flat” balance sheet scenario, and if interest-bearing checking, savings and time deposit interest rates track general interest rate changes by approximately 25%, 50%, and 75%, respectively, the Company’s balance sheet is slightly asset sensitive over a twelve month time horizon for rates up, and slightly sensitive over a twelve month time horizon for rates down. “Asset sensitive” implies that net interest income increases when interest rates rise and decrease when interest rates decrease. “Liability sensitive” implies that net interest income decreases when interest rates rise and increase when interest rates decrease.“Neutral sensitivity” implies that net interest income does not change when interest rates change. The asset liability management policy limits aggregate market risk, as measured in this fashion, to an acceptable level within the context of risk-return trade-offs. The simulation results noted above do not incorporate any management actions that might moderate the negative consequences of interest rate deviations. In addition, the simulation results noted above contain various assumptions such as a flat balance sheet, and the rate that deposit interest rates change as general interest rates change. Therefore, they do not reflect likely actual results, but serve as estimates of interest rate risk. As with any method of measuring interest rate risk, certain shortcomings are inherent in the method of analysis presented in the preceding tables. For example, although certain of the Company’s assets and liabilities may have similar maturities or repricing time frames, they may react in different degrees to changes in market interest rates. In addition, the interest rates on certain of the Company’s asset and liability categories may precede, or lag behind, changes in market interest rates. Also, the actual rates of prepayments on loans and investments could vary significantly from the assumptions utilized in deriving the results as presented in the preceding tables. Further, a change in U.S. Treasury rates accompanied by a change in the shape of the treasury yield curve could result in different estimations from those presented herein. Accordingly, the results in the preceding tables should not be relied upon as indicative of actual results in the event of changing market interest rates. Additionally, the resulting estimates of changes in market value of equity are not intended to represent, and should not be construed to represent, estimates of changes in the underlying value of the Company. Interest rate sensitivity is a function of the repricing characteristics of the Company’s portfolio of assets and liabilities. One aspect of these repricing characteristics is the time frame within which the interest-bearing assets and liabilities are subject to change in interest rates either at replacement, repricing or maturity. An analysis of the repricing time frames of interest-bearing assets and liabilities is sometimes called a “gap” analysis because it shows the gap between assets and liabilities repricing or maturing in each of a number of periods. Another aspect of these repricing characteristics is the relative magnitude of the repricing for each category of interest earning asset and interest-bearing liability given various changes in market interest rates. Gap analysis gives no indication of the relative magnitude of repricing given various changes in interest rates. Interest rate sensitivity management focuses on the maturity of assets and liabilities and their repricing during periods of changes in market interest rates. Interest rate sensitivity gaps are measured as the difference between the volumes of assets and liabilities in the Company’s current portfolio that are subject to repricing at various time horizons. The following interest rate sensitivity table shows the Company’s repricing gaps as of December 31, 2019. In this table transaction deposits, which may be repriced at will by the Company, have been included in the less than 3-month category. The inclusion of all of the transaction deposits in the less than 3-month repricing category causes the Company to appear liability sensitive. Because the Company may reprice its transaction deposits at will, transaction deposits may or may not reprice immediately with changes in interest rates. Due to the limitations of gap analysis, as described above, the Company does not actively use gap analysis in managing interest rate risk. Instead, the Company relies on the more sophisticated interest rate risk simulation model described above as its primary tool in measuring and managing interest rate risk. 39 Table of Contents As of December 31, 2018 (dollars in thousands) Interest-earning assets: Cash at Federal Reserve and other banks $ Securities Loans Total interest-earning assets Interest-bearing liabilities Transaction deposits Time Other borrowings Junior subordinated debt Total interest-bearing liabilities Interest sensitivity gap Cumulative sensitivity gap As a percentage of earning assets: Interest sensitivity gap Cumulative sensitivity gap Less than 3 months 3 - 6 months 6 - 12 months 1 - 5 months Over 5 years Repricing within: 183,691 $ — $ — $ — $ 288,559 822,776 1,295,026 3,093,823 125,686 18,454 57,232 165,052 233,234 398,286 — 92,895 — — 78,148 480,486 558,634 — 121,569 — — 419,470 2,304,387 2,723,857 — 100,352 — — — 374,515 466,483 840,998 — 4 — — 4 $ $ $ 3,295,195 $ (2,000,169) $ 92,895 305,391 $ $ 121,569 437,065 $ $ 100,352 2,623,505 (2,000,169) $ (1,694,778) $ (1,257,713) $ 1,365,792 $ $ 840,994 2,206,786 (34.4)% (34.4)% 5.3 % (29.1)% 7.5 % (21.6)% 45.1 % 23.5 % 14.5 % 37.9 % Liquidity Liquidity refers to the Company’s ability to provide funds at an acceptable cost to meet loan demand and deposit withdrawals, as well as contingency plans to meet unanticipated funding needs or loss of funding sources. These objectives can be met from either the asset or liability side of the balance sheet. Asset liquidity sources consist of the repayments and maturities of loans, selling of loans, short-term money market investments, maturities of securities and sales of securities from the available-for-sale portfolio. These activities are generally summarized as investing activities in the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows. Net cash used by investing activities totaled $33,143,000 in 2019. Net increases in loan balances used $286,339,000 of cash, offset partially with sales proceeds and maturity of investments totaling $166,339,000. Liquidity may also be generated from liabilities through deposit growth and borrowings. These activities are included under financing activities in the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows. In 2019, financing activities used funds totaling $24,043,000, resulting from $24,999,000 in dividend payments, with an increase in deposit balances of $528,000, and an increase of $2,615,000 in other borrowings. The Company also had available correspondent banking lines of credit totaling $60,000,000 at December 31, 2019. In addition, at December 31, 2019 the Company had loans and securities available to pledge towards future borrowings from the Federal Home Loan Bank and the Federal Reserve Bank of up to $2,257,366,000 and $273,395,000, respectively. As of December 31, 2019, the Company had $18,454,000 of other borrowings as described in Note 13 of the consolidated financial statements of the Company and the related notes at Item 8 of this report. While these sources are expected to continue to provide significant amounts of funds in the future, their mix, as well as the possible use of other sources, will depend on future economic and market conditions. Liquidity is also provided or used through the results of operating activities. In 2019, operating activities provided cash of $106,161,000. The Company’s investment securities, excluding held-to-maturity securities, plus cash and cash equivalents in excess of reserve requirements totaled $1,093,235,000 at December 31, 2019, which was 16.9% of total assets at that time. This was a decrease of $132,891,000 from $122,126,000 and a decrease from 19.3% of total assets as of December 31, 2018. Loan demand during 2020 will depend in part on economic and competitive conditions. The Company emphasizes the solicitation of non- interest bearing demand deposits and money market checking deposits, which are the least sensitive to interest rates. The growth of deposit balances is subject to heightened competition, the success of the Company’s sales efforts, delivery of superior customer service and market conditions. Federal Reserve interest rate manipulation efforts have resulted in historic low short-term and long-term interest rates, which could impact deposit volumes in the future. Depending on economic conditions, interest rate levels, and a variety of other conditions, deposit growth may be used to fund loans, to reduce short-term borrowings or purchase investment securities. However, due to concerns such as uncertainty in the general economic environment, competition and political uncertainty, loan demand and levels of customer deposits are not certain. 40 Table of Contents The principal cash requirements of the Company are dividends on common stock when declared. The Company is dependent upon the payment of cash dividends by the Bank to service its commitments. Shareholder dividends are expected to continue subject to the Board’s discretion and continuing evaluation of capital levels, earnings, asset quality and other factors. The Company expects that the cash dividends paid by the Bank to the Company will be sufficient to meet this payment schedule. Dividends from the Bank are subject to certain regulatory restrictions. The maturity distribution of certificates of deposit in denominations of $100,000 or more is set forth in the following table. These deposits are generally more rate sensitive than other deposits and, therefore, are more likely to be withdrawn to obtain higher yields elsewhere if available. The Bank participates in a program wherein the State of California places time deposits with the Bank at the Bank’s option. At December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, the Bank had $30,000,000, $65,000,000 and $50,000,000, respectively, of these State deposits. Certificates of Deposit in Denominations of $100,000 or More (dollars in thousands) Time remaining until maturity: Less than 3 months 3 months to 6 months 6 months to 12 months More than 12 months Total Loan maturities Amounts as of December 31, 2018 2017 2019 $ 90,252 $ 70,473 $ 101,552 64,161 74,682 57,244 85,781 47,254 77,912 28,832 29,196 29,144 $ 286,339 $ 281,420 $ 188,724 Loan demand also affects the Company’s liquidity position. The following table presents the maturities of loans, net of deferred loan costs, at December 31, 2019: Loans with predetermined interest rates: Real estate mortgage Consumer Commercial Real estate construction Total loans with predetermined interest rates Loans with floating interest rates: Real estate mortgage Consumer Commercial Real estate construction Within One Year After One But Within 5 Years After 5 Years (dollars in thousands) Total $ 27,064 $ 219,324 $ 818,689 $ 1,065,077 7,548 4,464 7,211 22,262 103,677 2,184 131,983 29,770 49,403 161,793 137,911 58,798 46,287 347,447 1,029,845 1,423,579 36,562 7,729 89,560 44,367 245,430 1,981,221 2,263,213 22,353 17,324 11,573 253,667 38,912 135,089 283,749 145,796 191,029 Total loans with floating interest rates Total loans 178,218 296,680 2,408,889 2,883,787 $ 224,505 $ 644,127 $ 3,438,734 $ 4,307,366 Investment maturities The maturity distribution and yields of the investment portfolio at December 31, 2019 is presented in the following tables. The timing of the maturities indicated in the tables below is based on final contractual maturities. Most mortgage-backed securities return principal throughout their contractual lives. As such, the weighted average life of mortgage-backed securities based on outstanding principal balance is usually significantly shorter than the final contractual maturity indicated below. Yields on tax exempt securities are shown on a tax equivalent basis. 41 Table of Contents Debt Securities Available for Sale Obligations of US Within One Year After One Year but Through Five Years After Five Years but Through Ten Years After Ten Years Total Amount Yield Amount Yield Amount Yield Amount Yield Amount Yield (dollars in thousands) government agencies $ — — % $ 10,241 3.00 % $ 21,211 3.25 % $ 441,528 2.67 % $ 472,980 2.71 % Obligations of states and political subdivisions Corporate bonds Asset backed securities Total debt securities available for sale Debt Securities Held to Maturity Obligations of US 611 — — 2.94 % — — 2,431 2,532 65,899 4.31 % 6.14 % 1.67 % 4,629 3.86 % 101,930 4.07 % 109,601 — — — — — — 2,532 299,126 2.11 % 365,025 4.06 % 6.14 % 2.03 % $ 611 2.94 % $ 81,103 3.72 % $ 25,840 0.91 % $ 842,584 2.63 % $ 950,138 2.68 % government agencies $ — — % $ Obligations of states and political subdivisions Total debt securities held to maturity 1,271 3.33 % $ 1,271 3.33 % $ — — — — % $ 18,321 2.28 % $ 343,464 2.68 % $ 361,785 2.66 % — 3,045 3.85 % 9,505 3.28 % 13,821 3.41 % — % $ 21,366 2.50 % $ 352,969 2.69 % $ 375,606 2.67 % Off-Balance Sheet Items The Bank has certain ongoing commitments under leases. See Note 11 of the financial statements at Item 8 of this report for the terms. These commitments do not significantly impact operating results. As of December 31, 2019 commitments to extend credit and commitments related to the Bank’s deposit overdraft privilege product were the Bank’s only financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk. The Bank has not entered into any material contracts for financial derivative instruments such as futures, swaps, options, etc. Commitments to extend credit were $1,321,340,000, and $1,203,400,000 at December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively, and represent 30.7% of the total loans outstanding at year-end 2019 versus 29.2% at December 31, 2018. Commitments related to the Bank’s deposit overdraft privilege product totaled $110,402,000 and $111,956,000 at December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. Certain Contractual Obligations The following chart summarizes certain contractual obligations of the Company as of December 31, 2019: (dollars in thousands) Time deposits Other collateralized borrowings, fixed rate of 0.05% payable on January 2, 2020 Junior subordinated debt: TriCo Trust I(1) TriCo Trust II(2) North Valley Trust II(3) North Valley Trust III(4) North Valley Trust IV(5) Operating lease obligations Deferred compensation(6) Supplemental retirement plans(6) Total contractual obligations Total Less than one year 1-3 years 3-5 years More than 5 years $ 440,506 $ 340,150 $ 95,628 $ 4,724 $ 4 18,454 — 20,619 20,619 5,215 4,118 6,661 27,540 2,238 17,996 18,454 209 674 1,481 1,335 868 2,512 3,751 352 2,453 $ 563,966 $ 360,968 $ 100,343 $ 11,280 $ 20,619 20,619 5,215 4,118 6,661 22,245 344 11,550 91,375 (1) (2) (3) Junior subordinated debt, adjustable rate of three-month LIBOR plus 3.05%, callable in whole or in part by the Company on a quarterly basis beginning October 7, 2008, matures October 7, 2033. Junior subordinated debt, adjustable rate of three-month LIBOR plus 2.55%, callable in whole or in part by the Company on a quarterly basis beginning July 23, 2009, matures July 23, 2034. Junior subordinated debt, adjustable rate of three-month LIBOR plus 3.25%, callable in whole or in part by the Company on a quarterly basis beginning April 24, 2008, matures April 24, 2033. 42 Table of Contents (4) (5) Junior subordinated debt, adjustable rate of three-month LIBOR plus 2.80%, callable in whole or in part by the Company on a quarterly basis beginning July 23, 2009, matures July 23, 2034. Junior subordinated debt, adjustable rate of three-month LIBOR plus 1.33%, callable in whole or in part by the Company on a quarterly basis beginning March 15, 2011, matures March 15, 2036. (6) These amounts represent known certain payments to participants under the Company’s deferred compensation and supplemental retirement plans. See Note 22 in the financial statements at Item 8 of this report for additional information related to the Company’s deferred compensation and supplemental retirement plan liabilities. ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK See “Market Risk Management” under Item 7 of this report which is incorporated herein. 43 Table of Contents ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017 Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017 Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017 Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017 Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm – Moss Adams LLP Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm – Crowe LLP Page 45 46 47 48 49 51 103 104 106 44 Table of Contents TRICO BANCSHARES CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (In thousands, except share data) Assets: Cash and due from banks Cash at Federal Reserve and other banks Cash and cash equivalents Investment securities: Marketable equity securities Available for sale debt securities Held to maturity debt securities Restricted equity securities Loans held for sale Loans Allowance for loan losses Total loans, net Premises and equipment, net Cash value of life insurance Accrued interest receivable Goodwill Other intangible assets, net Operating leases, right-of-use Other assets Total assets Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity: Liabilities: Deposits: Noninterest-bearing demand Interest-bearing Total deposits Accrued interest payable Operating lease liability Other liabilities Other borrowings Junior subordinated debt Total liabilities Commitments and contingencies (Note 15) Shareholders’ equity: Preferred stock, no par value: 1,000,000 shares authorized; zero issued and outstanding at December 31, 2019 and 2018 Common stock, no par value: 50,000,000 shares authorized; issued and outstanding: 30,523,824 and 30,417,223 at December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively Retained earnings Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax Total shareholders’ equity Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 45 At December 31, 2019 At December 31, 2018 $ 92,816 $ 183,691 276,507 2,960 950,138 375,606 17,250 5,265 4,307,366 (30,616) 4,276,750 87,086 117,823 18,897 220,872 23,557 27,879 70,591 119,781 107,752 227,533 2,874 1,115,036 444,936 17,250 3,687 4,022,014 (32,582) 3,989,432 89,347 117,318 19,412 220,972 29,280 — 75,364 $ $ 6,471,181 $ 6,352,441 1,832,665 $ 3,534,329 5,366,994 1,760,580 3,605,886 5,366,466 2,407 27,540 91,984 18,454 57,232 1,997 — 83,724 15,839 57,042 5,564,611 5,525,068 — — 543,998 367,794 (5,222) 906,570 541,762 303,490 (17,879) 827,373 $ 6,471,181 $ 6,352,441 TRICO BANCSHARES CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME (In thousands, except per share data) Table of Contents Interest and dividend income: Loans, including fees Investments: Taxable securities Tax exempt securities Dividends Interest bearing cash at Federal Reserve and other banks Total interest and dividend income Interest expense: Deposits Other borrowings Junior subordinated debt Total interest expense Net interest income Provision for (benefit from) loan losses Net interest income after provision for (benefit from) loan losses Noninterest income: Service charges and fees Commissions on sale of non-deposit investment products Increase in cash value of life insurance Gain on sale of loans Gain on sale of investment securities Other Total noninterest income Noninterest expense: Salaries and related benefits Other Total noninterest expense Income before income taxes Provision for income taxes Net income Earnings per share: Basic Diluted The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 46 Year ended December 31, 2018 2017 2019 $ 223,750 $ 186,117 $ 146,794 39,810 4,002 1,285 3,597 33,997 4,345 1,705 2,054 27,772 4,165 1,324 1,347 272,444 228,218 181,402 11,716 387 3,272 15,375 257,069 (1,690) 258,759 6,996 2,745 3,131 12,872 215,346 2,583 212,763 3,958 305 2,535 6,798 174,604 89 174,515 40,417 38,460 37,423 2,877 3,029 3,282 110 3,805 3,151 2,718 2,371 207 2,154 2,729 2,685 3,109 961 2,545 53,520 49,061 49,452 106,065 79,392 185,457 126,822 34,750 93,942 74,530 168,472 93,352 25,032 92,072 $ 68,320 $ 82,930 63,525 146,455 77,512 36,958 40,554 3.02 3.00 $ $ 2.57 2.54 $ $ 1.77 1.74 $ $ $ Table of Contents TRICO BANCSHARES CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (In thousands) Net income Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax: Unrealized gains (losses) on available for sale securities arising during the period, after reclassifications Change in minimum pension liability, after reclassifications Change in joint beneficiary agreement liability Other comprehensive income (loss) Comprehensive income The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 2019 Year ended 2018 2017 $ 92,072 $ 68,320 $ 40,554 17,159 (4,502) — 12,657 (12,434) 388 426 (11,620) $ 104,729 $ 56,700 $ 3,165 (370) (110) 2,685 43,239 47 Table of Contents TRICO BANCSHARES CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY (In thousands, except share and per share data) Balance at January 1, 2017 Net income Other comprehensive income Stock option vesting Service condition RSU vesting Market plus service condition RSU vesting Stock options exercised Service condition RSUs released Tax benefit from release of service condition RSUs Repurchase of common stock Dividends paid ($0.66 per share) Balance at December 31, 2017 Net income Adoption ASU 2016-01 Adoption ASU 2018-02 Other comprehensive loss Stock option vesting Service condition RSU vesting Market plus service condition RSU vesting Stock options exercised Service condition RSUs released Market plus service condition RSUs released Issuance of common stock Repurchase of common stock Dividends paid ($0.70 per share) Balance at December 31, 2018 Net income Other comprehensive income Service condition RSU vesting Market plus service condition RSU vesting Service condition RSUs released Market plus service condition RSUs released Stock options exercised Issuance of common stock Repurchase of common stock Dividends paid ($0.82 per share) Balance at December 31, 2019 Shares of Common Stock Common Stock Retained Earnings Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (loss) Total 22,867,802 $ 252,820 $ 232,440 $ (7,913) $ 477,347 40,554 2,685 259 895 432 2,621 (1,191) (2,663) (15,131) 145,850 30,896 18,805 (107,390) 22,955,963 $ 255,836 $ 255,200 $ (5,228) $ 68,320 (62) 1,093 62 (1,093) (11,620) 75 1,017 370 1,704 284,437 (1,677) 100,400 35,060 25,512 7,405,277 (104,989) (2,292) (18,769) 40,554 2,685 259 895 432 2,621 — — (3,854) (15,131) 505,808 68,320 — — (11,620) 75 1,017 370 1,704 — — 284,437 (3,969) (18,769) 30,417,223 $ 541,762 $ 303,490 $ (17,879) $ 827,373 92,072 12,657 1,161 493 2,921 33,060 22,237 182,500 (131,196) (2,339) (2,769) (24,999) 92,072 12,657 1,161 493 — — 2,921 — (5,108) (24,999) 30,523,824 $ 543,998 $ 367,794 $ (5,222) $ 906,570 The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 48 Table of Contents Operating activities: Net income TRICO BANCSHARES CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (In thousands; unaudited) Years ended December 31, 2018 2017 2019 $ 92,072 $ 68,320 $ 40,554 Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities: Depreciation of premises and equipment, and amortization Amortization of intangible assets Provision for (benefit from) loan losses Amortization of investment securities premium, net Gain on sale of investment securities Originations of loans for resale Proceeds from sale of loans originated for resale Gain on sale of loans Change in market value of mortgage servicing rights (Reversal of) provision for losses on real estate owned Deferred income tax expense Gain on sale or transfer of loans, to real estate owned Operating lease payments Loss on disposal of fixed assets Increase in cash value of life insurance Gain on life insurance death benefit (Gain) loss on marketable equity securities Equity compensation vesting expense Change in: Interest receivable Interest payable Amortization of operating lease ROUA Other assets and liabilities, net Net cash from operating activities Investing activities: Cash acquired in acquisition, net of consideration paid Proceeds from maturities of securities available for sale Proceeds from maturities of securities held to maturity Proceeds from sale of available for sale securities Purchases of securities available for sale Net redemption of restricted equity securities Loan origination and principal collections, net Proceeds from sale of real estate owned Proceeds from sale of premises and equipment Purchases of premises and equipment Life insurance proceeds Net cash from investing activities 49 6,915 5,723 (1,690) 2,547 (110) (131,074) 131,689 (3,282) 1,811 (102) 1,692 (608) (4,931) 82 (3,029) (831) (86) 1,654 515 410 4,592 (1,153) 102,806 — 97,993 68,346 127,066 (37,253) 7,014 3,499 2,583 2,512 (207) (84,245) 86,988 (2,371) 146 89 2,600 (408) — 185 (2,718) — 64 1,462 (5,640) 1,067 — 10,129 91,069 30,613 73,014 68,937 293,279 6,787 1,389 89 3,200 (961) (114,107) 114,788 (3,109) 718 162 12,473 (711) — 142 (2,685) (108) — 1,586 (1,745) 112 — (3,193) 55,381 — 63,942 86,371 25,757 (436,678) (265,806) — 7,429 — (286,339) (173,752) (259,404) 1,336 — (4,293) 3,355 2,527 63 2,872 3,338 (7,435) (15,164) — 649 (29,789) (142,003) (357,445) 528 2,615 (2,196) (24,999) 9 (24,043) 48,974 227,533 365,400 (271,327) (2,483) (18,769) 218 73,039 22,105 205,428 276,507 $ 227,533 $ (17,627) $ 1,262 1,486 $ $ — $ 24,361 1,249 5,108 156 14,965 35,050 $ $ $ $ $ $ 11,805 14,525 $ $ $ $ — $ 1,463,100 — $ 1,171,968 113,571 104,673 (1,629) (15,131) 396 201,880 (100,184) 305,612 205,428 5,461 1,563 2,225 — 5,609 21,170 — — Table of Contents Financing activities: Net change in deposits Net change in other borrowings Repurchase of common stock, net Dividends paid Exercise of stock options Net cash from financing activities Net change in cash and cash equivalents Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year Cash and cash equivalents at end of year Supplemental disclosure of noncash activities: Unrealized (loss) gain on securities available for sale Loans transferred to foreclosed assets Market value of shares tendered in-lieu of cash to pay for exercise of options and/ or related taxes Obligations incurred in conjunction with leased assets Supplemental disclosure of cash flow activity: Cash paid for interest expense Cash paid for income taxes Assets acquired in acquisition and goodwill, net Liabilities assumed in acquisition The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 50 Table of Contents TRICO BANCSHARES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS Years Ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 Note 1 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies Description of Business and Basis of Presentation TriCo Bancshares (the “Company” or “we”) is a California corporation organized to act as a bank holding company for Tri Counties Bank (the “Bank”). The Company and the Bank are headquartered in Chico, California. The Bank is a California-chartered bank that is engaged in the general commercial and retail banking business in 29 California counties. The Company has five capital subsidiary business trusts (collectively, the “Capital Trusts”) that issued trust preferred securities, including two organized by the Company and three acquired with the acquisition of North Valley Bancorp. The consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with accounting policies generally accepted in the United States of America and general practices in the banking industry. All adjustments necessary for a fair presentation of these consolidated financial statements have been included and are of a normal and recurring nature. The financial statements include the accounts of the Company. All inter-company accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. For financial reporting purposes, the Company’s investments in the Capital Trusts of $1,719,000 are accounted for under the equity method and, accordingly, are included in other assets on the consolidated balance sheets. The subordinated debentures issued and guaranteed by the Company and held by the Capital Trusts are reflected as debt on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. Use of Estimates in the Preparation of Financial Statements The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires Management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. The Company bases its estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions. Segment and Significant Group Concentration of Credit Risk The Company grants agribusiness, commercial, consumer, and residential loans to customers located throughout Northern and Central California. The Company has a diversified loan portfolio within the business segments located in this geographical area. The Company currently classifies all its operation into one business segment that it denotes as community banking. Geographical Descriptions For the purpose of describing the geographical location of the Company’s operations, the Company has defined northern California as that area of California north of, and including, Stockton to the east and San Jose to the west; central California as that area of the state south of Stockton and San Jose, to and including, Bakersfield to the east and San Luis Obispo to the west; and southern California as that area of the state south of Bakersfield and San Luis Obispo. Business Combinations The Company accounts for acquisitions of businesses using the acquisition method of accounting. Under the acquisition method, assets acquired and liabilities assumed are recorded at their estimated fair values at the date of acquisition. Management utilizes various valuation techniques including discounted cash flow analyses to determine these fair values. Any excess of the purchase price over amounts allocated to the acquired assets, including identifiable intangible assets, and liabilities assumed is recorded as goodwill. Cash and Cash Equivalents For purposes of the consolidated statements of cash flows, cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand, amounts due from banks, and federal funds sold. Net cash flows are reported for loan and deposit transactions and other borrowings. Marketable Equity Securities As of December 31, 2017, marketable equity securities with a fair value of $2,874,000 were recorded within investment securities available for sale on the consolidated balance sheets with changes in the fair value recorded through other comprehensive income and accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). As of January 1, 2018, the Company adopted the new accounting standard for Financial Instruments using a prospective transition approach, which requires equity investments to be measured at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in net income. The adoption of this guidance resulted in a $62,000 decrease to beginning retained earnings and a decrease to the deferred tax of $18,000. During the twelve months ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company recognized ($86,000) of unrealized gains and $64,000 of unrealized losses, respectively, in the consolidated statements of income related to changes in the fair value of marketable equity securities. 51 Table of Contents Debt Securities The Company classifies its debt securities into one of three categories: trading, available for sale or held to maturity. Trading securities are bought and held principally for the purpose of selling in the near term and changes in the value of these securities are recorded through earnings. Held to maturity securities are those securities which the Company has the ability and intent to hold until maturity. These securities are carried at cost adjusted for amortization of premium and accretion of discount, computed by the effective interest method over their contractual lives. All other securities not included in trading or held to maturity are classified as available for sale. Available for sale securities are recorded at fair value. Unrealized gains and losses, net of the related tax effect, on available for sale securities are reported as a separate component of other accumulated comprehensive income in shareholders’ equity until realized. Discounts are amortized or accreted over the expected life of the related investment security as an adjustment to yield using the effective interest method. Premiums on callable debt securities are generally amortized to the earliest call date of the security with the exception of mortgage backed securities, where estimated prepayments, if any, are considered. Dividend and interest income are recognized when earned. Realized gains and losses are derived from the amortized cost of the security sold. The Company did not have any debt securities classified as trading during 2019 and 2018. The Company assesses other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”) based on whether it intends to sell a security or if it is likely that the Company would be required to sell the security before recovery of the amortized cost basis of the investment, which may be maturity. For debt securities, if we intend to sell the security or it is more likely than not that we will be required to sell the security before recovering its cost basis, the entire impairment loss would be recognized in earnings as an OTTI. If we do not intend to sell the security and it is not likely that we will be required to sell the security but we do not expect to recover the entire amortized cost basis of the security, only the portion of the impairment loss representing credit losses would be recognized in earnings. The credit loss on a security is measured as the difference between the amortized cost basis and the present value of the cash flows expected to be collected. Projected cash flows are discounted by the original or current effective interest rate depending on the nature of the security being measured for potential OTTI. The remaining impairment related to all other factors, the difference between the present value of the cash flows expected to be collected and fair value, is recognized as a charge to other comprehensive income (“OCI”). Impairment losses related to all other factors are presented as separate categories within OCI. The accretion of the amount recorded in OCI increases the carrying value of the investment and does not affect earnings. If there is an indication of additional credit losses the security is re-evaluated according to the procedures described above. No OTTI losses were recognized during the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 or 2017. Restricted Equity Securities Restricted equity securities represent the Company’s investment in the stock of the Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco (“FHLB”) and are carried at par value, which reasonably approximates its fair value. While technically these are considered equity securities, there is no market for the FHLB stock. Therefore, the shares are considered as restricted investment securities. Management periodically evaluates FHLB stock for other-than-temporary impairment. Management’s determination of whether these investments are impaired is based on its assessment of the ultimate recoverability of cost rather than by recognizing temporary declines in value. The determination of whether a decline affects the ultimate recoverability of cost is influenced by criteria such as (1) the significance of any decline in net assets of the FHLB as compared to the capital stock amount for the FHLB and the length of time this situation has persisted, (2) commitments by the FHLB to make payments required by law or regulation and the level of such payments in relation to the operating performance of the FHLB, (3) the impact of legislative and regulatory changes on institutions and, accordingly, the customer base of the FHLB, and (4) the liquidity position of the FHLB. As a member of the FHLB system, the Bank is required to maintain a minimum level of investment in FHLB stock based on specific percentages of its outstanding mortgages, total assets, or FHLB advances. The Bank may request redemption at par value of any stock in excess of the minimum required investment. Stock redemptions are at the discretion of the FHLB. Both cash and stock dividends are reported as income when received. Loans Held for Sale Loans originated and intended for sale in the secondary market are carried at the lower of aggregate cost or fair value, as determined by aggregate outstanding commitments from investors of current investor yield requirements. Net unrealized losses are recognized through a valuation allowance by charges to non-interest income. Mortgage loans held for sale are generally sold with the mortgage servicing rights retained by the Company. Gains or losses on the sale of loans that are held for sale are recognized at the time of the sale and determined by the difference between net sale proceeds and the net book value of the loans less the estimated fair value of any retained mortgage servicing rights. Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses Loans originated by the Company, i.e., not purchased or acquired in a business combination, are referred to as originated loans. Originated loans that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity or payoff are reported at the principal amount outstanding, net of deferred loan fees and costs. Loan origination and commitment fees and certain direct loan origination costs are deferred, and the net amount is amortized as an adjustment to the related loan’s yield over the actual life of the loan. Originated loans on which the accrual of interest has been discontinued are designated as nonaccrual loans. 52 Table of Contents Originated loans are placed in nonaccrual status when reasonable doubt exists as to the full, timely collection of interest or principal, or a loan becomes contractually past due by 90 days or more with respect to interest or principal and is not well secured and in the process of collection. When an originated loan is placed on nonaccrual status, all interest previously accrued but not collected is reversed. Income on such loans is then recognized only to the extent that cash is received and where the future collection of principal is considered probable. Interest accruals are resumed on such loans only when they are brought fully current with respect to interest and principal and when, in the judgment of Management, the loan is estimated to be fully collectible as to both principal and interest. An allowance for loan losses for originated loans is established through a provision for loan losses charged to expense. The allowance is maintained at a level which, in Management’s judgment, is adequate to absorb probable incurred credit losses inherent in the loan portfolio as of the balance sheet date. Originated loans and deposit related overdrafts are charged against the allowance for loan losses when Management believes that the collectability of the principal is unlikely or, with respect to consumer installment loans, according to an established delinquency schedule. The allowance is an amount that Management believes will be adequate to absorb probable incurred losses inherent in existing loans, based on evaluations of the collectability, impairment and prior loss experience of loans. The evaluations take into consideration such factors as changes in the nature and size of the portfolio, overall portfolio quality, loan concentrations, specific problem loans, and current economic conditions that may affect the borrower’s ability to pay. The Company defines an originated loan as impaired when it is probable the Company will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the original contractual terms of the loan agreement. Impaired originated loans are measured based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s original effective interest rate. As a practical expedient, impairment may be measured based on the loan’s observable market price or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. When the measure of the impaired loan is less than the recorded investment in the loan, the impairment is recorded through a specific reserve allocation within the allowance for loan losses. In situations related to originated loans where, for economic or legal reasons related to a borrower’s financial difficulties, the Company grants a concession for other than an insignificant period of time to the borrower that the Company would not otherwise consider, the related loan is classified as a troubled debt restructuring (“TDR”). The Company strives to identify borrowers in financial difficulty early and work with them to modify, if any, certain repayment terms before their loan reaches nonaccrual status. These modified terms may include rate reductions, principal forgiveness, payment forbearance and other actions intended to minimize the economic loss and to avoid foreclosure or repossession of the collateral. In cases where the Company grants the borrower new terms that result in the loan being classified as a TDR, the Company measures any impairment on the restructuring as noted above for impaired loans. TDR loans are classified as impaired until they are fully paid off or charged off. Loans that are in nonaccrual status at the time they become TDR loans, remain in nonaccrual status until the borrower demonstrates a sustained period of performance which the Company generally believes to be six consecutive months of payments, or equivalent. Otherwise, TDR loans are subject to the same nonaccrual and charge-off policies as noted above with respect to their restructured principal balance. Credit risk is inherent in the business of lending. As a result, the Company maintains an allowance for loan losses to absorb probable incurred losses inherent in the Company’s originated loan portfolio. This is maintained through periodic charges to earnings. These charges are included in the Consolidated Statements of Income as provision for loan losses. All specifically identifiable and quantifiable losses are immediately charged off against the allowance. However, for a variety of reasons, not all losses are immediately known to the Company and, of those that are known, the full extent of the loss may not be quantifiable at that point in time. The balance of the Company’s allowance for originated loan losses is an estimate of these probable incurred losses inherent in the portfolio. The Company formally assesses the adequacy of the allowance for originated loan losses on a quarterly basis. Determination of the adequacy is based on ongoing assessments of the probable risk in the outstanding originated loan portfolio, and to a lesser extent the Company’s originated loan commitments. These assessments include the periodic re-grading of credits based on changes in their individual credit characteristics including delinquency, seasoning, recent financial performance of the borrower, economic factors, changes in the interest rate environment, growth of the portfolio as a whole or by segment, and other factors as warranted. Loans are initially graded when originated. They are re-graded as they are renewed, when there is a new loan to the same borrower, when identified facts demonstrate changes in the risk of repayment, or if they become delinquent. Re-grading of larger problem loans occurs at least quarterly. Confirmation of the quality of the grading process is obtained by periodic independent credit reviews conducted by consultants specifically hired for this purpose and by various bank regulatory agencies. The Company’s method for assessing the appropriateness of the allowance for originated loan losses includes specific allowances for impaired originated loans, formula allowance factors for pools of credits, and allowances for changing environmental factors (e.g., interest rates, growth, economic conditions, etc.). Allowance factors for loan pools are based on historical loss experience by product type and prior risk rating. Loans purchased or acquired in a business combination are referred to as acquired loans. Acquired loans are measured and recorded at their fair value as of the acquisition date. Loans acquired with evidence of credit deterioration since origination for which it is probable that all contractually required payments will not be collected are referred to as purchased credit impaired (PCI) loans. PCI loans are recorded at fair value at acquisition date, factoring in credit losses expected to be incurred over the life of the loan. Accordingly, an allowance for loan losses is not carried over or recorded as of the acquisition date. Fair value is defined as the present value of the future estimated principal and interest payments of the loan, with the discount rate used in the present value calculation representing the estimated effective yield of the loan. Default rates, loss severity, and prepayment speed assumptions are periodically reassessed and our estimate of future payments is adjusted accordingly. The difference between contractual future payments and estimated future payments is referred to as the nonaccretable difference. The difference between estimated future payments and the present value of the estimated future payments is referred to as the accretable yield. 53 Table of Contents The accretable yield represents the amount that is expected to be recorded as interest income over the remaining life of the loan. If after acquisition, the Company determines that the estimated future cash flows of a PCI loan are expected to be more than originally estimated, an increase in the discount rate (effective yield) would be made such that the newly increased accretable yield would be recognized, on a level yield basis, over the remaining estimated life of the loan. If, thereafter, the Company determines that the estimated future cash flows of a PCI loan are expected to be less than previously estimated, an allowance for loan loss would be established through a provision for loan losses charged to expense to decrease the present value to the required level. If the estimated cash flows improve after an allowance has been established for a loan, the allowance may be partially or fully reversed depending on the improvement in the estimated cash flows. Only after the allowance has been fully reversed may the discount rate be increased. PCI loans are put on nonaccrual status when cash flows cannot be reasonably estimated. PCI loans on nonaccrual status are accounted for using the cost recovery method or cash basis method of income recognition. PCI loans are charged off when evidence suggests cash flows are not recoverable. Foreclosed assets from PCI loans are recorded in foreclosed assets at fair value with the fair value at time of foreclosure representing estimated proceeds less selling costs from the collateral securing the loan. PCI loans with similar risk characteristics and acquisition time frame may be “pooled” and have their cash flows aggregated as if they were one loan or accounted for individually. Acquired loans that are not PCI loans are referred to as purchased not credit impaired (PNCI) loans and interest income is accrued on a level- yield basis. For income recognition purposes, this method assumes that all contractual cash flows will be collected, and no allowance for loan losses is established at the time of acquisition. Post-acquisition date, an allowance for loan losses may need to be established for acquired loans through a provision charged to earnings for credit losses incurred subsequent to acquisition. The loss estimate for acquired loans is measured based on the probable shortfall in relation to the contractual note requirements, consistent with our allowance for loan loss policy for similar loans. Throughout these financial statements, reference to “Loans” or “Allowance for loan losses” relates to all categories of loans, including Originated, PNCI, and PCI. When not referring to all categories of loans, specific reference to Originated, PNCI, or PCI is made. When referring to PNCI and PCI loans we use the terms “nonaccretable difference”, “accretable yield”, or “purchase discount”. Nonaccretable difference is the difference between undiscounted contractual cash flows due and undiscounted cash flows we expect to collect, or put another way, it is the undiscounted contractual cash flows we do not expect to collect. Accretable yield is the difference between undiscounted cash flows we expect to collect and the value at which we have recorded the loan on our financial statements. On the date of acquisition, all purchased loans are recorded on our consolidated financial statements at estimated fair value. Purchase discount is the difference between the estimated fair value of loans on the date of acquisition and the principal amount owed by the borrower, net of charge offs, on the date of acquisition. We may also refer to “discounts to principal balance of loans owed, net of charge-offs”. Discounts to principal balance of loans owed, net of charge-offs is the difference between principal balance of loans owed, net of charge-offs, and loans as recorded on our financial statements. Discounts to principal balance of loans owed, net of charge-offs arise from purchase discounts, and equal the purchase discount on the acquisition date. Real Estate Owned Real estate owned (REO) includes assets acquired through, or in lieu of, loan foreclosure. REO is held for sale and are initially recorded at fair value less estimated costs to sell at the date of acquisition, establishing a new cost basis. Physical possession of residential real estate property collateralizing a consumer mortgage loan occurs when legal title is obtained upon completion of foreclosure or when the borrower conveys all interest in the property to satisfy the loan through completion of a deed in lieu of foreclosure or through a similar legal agreement. Any write-downs based on the asset’s fair value less costs to sell at the date of acquisition are charged to the allowance for loan and lease losses. Any recoveries based on the asset’s fair value less estimated costs to sell in excess of the recorded value of the loan at the date of acquisition are recorded to the allowance for loan and lease losses. These assets are subsequently accounted for at lower of cost or fair value less estimated costs to sell. If fair value declines subsequent to foreclosure, a valuation allowance is recorded through expense. Operating costs after acquisition are expensed. Revenue and expenses from operations and changes in the valuation allowance are included in other non- interest expense, along with the gain or loss on sale of REO. Premises and Equipment Land is carried at cost. Land improvements, buildings and equipment, including those acquired under capital lease, are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization expenses are computed using the straight-line method over the shorter of the estimated useful lives of the related assets or lease terms. Asset lives range from 3-10 years for furniture and equipment and 15-40 years for land improvements and buildings. Company Owned Life Insurance The Company has purchased life insurance policies on certain key executives. Company owned life insurance is recorded at the amount that can be realized under the insurance contract at the balance sheet date, which is the cash surrender value adjusted for other charges or other amounts due that are probable at settlement. As a result of current tax law and the nature of these policies, the Bank records any increase in cash value of these policies as nontaxable non- interest income. If the Bank decided to surrender any of the policies prior to the death of the insured, such surrender may result in a tax expense related to the life-to-date cumulative increase in cash value of the policy. If the Bank retains such policies until the death of the insured, the Bank would receive nontaxable proceeds from the insurance company equal to the death benefit of the policies. The Bank has 54 Table of Contents entered into Joint Beneficiary Agreements (JBAs) with certain of the insured that provide some level of sharing of the death benefit, less the cash surrender value, among the Bank and the beneficiaries of the insured upon the receipt of death benefits. Goodwill, Other Intangible and Long-Lived Assets Goodwill represents the excess of costs over fair value of net assets of businesses acquired from a business combination. The Company has an identifiable intangible asset consisting of core deposit intangibles (“CDI”). CDI are amortized over their respective estimated useful lives, and reviewed periodically for impairment. Goodwill and other intangible assets acquired in a business combination and determined to have an indefinite useful life are not amortized, but instead tested for impairment at least annually. Other intangible assets with estimable useful lives are amortized over their respective estimated useful lives to their estimated residual values, and reviewed periodically for impairment. As of September 30 of each year, goodwill is tested for impairment, and is tested for impairment more frequently if events and circumstances indicate that the asset might be impaired. An impairment loss is recognized to the extent that the carrying amount exceeds the asset’s fair value. Long-lived assets, such as premises and equipment, and purchased intangibles subject to amortization, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If the carrying amount of an asset exceeds its estimated future cash flows, an impairment charge is recognized by the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the fair value of the asset. Assets to be disposed of would be separately presented in the balance sheet and reported at the lower of the carrying amount or fair value less costs to sell, and are no longer depreciated. The assets and liabilities of a disposed group classified as held for sale would be presented separately in the appropriate asset and liability sections of the consolidated balance sheet. Mortgage Servicing Rights Mortgage servicing rights (“MSR”) represent the Company’s right to a future stream of cash flows based upon the contractual servicing fee associated with servicing mortgage loans. Our MSR arise from residential and commercial mortgage loans that we originate and sell, but retain the right to service the loans. The net gain from the retention of the servicing right is included in gain on sale of loans in non-interest income when the loan is sold. Fair value is based on market prices for comparable mortgage servicing contracts, when available, or alternatively, is based on a valuation model that calculates the present value of estimated future net servicing income. The valuation model incorporates assumptions that market participants would use in estimating future net servicing income, such as the cost to service, the discount rate, the custodial earnings rate, an inflation rate, ancillary income, prepayment speeds and default rates and losses. Servicing fees, when earned, and changes in fair value of the MSR, are recorded in non-interest income. The Company accounts for MSR at fair value. The determination of fair value of our MSR requires management judgment because they are not actively traded. The determination of fair value for MSR requires valuation processes which combine the use of discounted cash flow models and extensive analysis of current market data to arrive at an estimate of fair value. The cash flow and prepayment assumptions used in our discounted cash flow model are based on empirical data drawn from the historical performance of our MSR, which we believe are consistent with assumptions used by market participants valuing similar MSR, and from data obtained on the performance of similar MSR. The key assumptions used in the valuation of MSR include mortgage prepayment speeds and the discount rate. These variables can, and generally will, change from quarter to quarter as market conditions and projected interest rates change. The key risks inherent with MSR are prepayment speed and changes in interest rates. Leases The Company adopted ASU 2016-2 “Leases” (Topic 842) as of January 1, 2019, which requires the Company to record a right-of-use asset (“ROUA”) on the consolidated balance sheets for those leases that convey rights to control use of identified assets for a period of time in exchange for consideration. The Company is also required to record a lease liability on the consolidated balance sheets for the present value of future payment commitments. Substantially all of the Company’s leases are comprised of operating leases in which the Company is lessee of real estate property for branches, ATM locations, and general administration and operations. The Company elected not to include short- term leases (i.e. leases with initial terms of twelve months or less) within the ROUA and lease liability. Known or determinable adjustments to the required minimum future lease payments were included in the calculation of the Company’s ROUA and lease liability. Adjustments to the required minimum future lease payments that are variable and will not be determinable until a future period, such as changes in the consumer price index, are included as variable lease costs. Additionally, expected variable payments for common area maintenance, taxes and insurance were unknown and not determinable at lease commencement and therefore, were not included in the determination of the Company’s ROUA or lease liability. The value of the ROUA and lease liability is impacted by the amount of the periodic payment required, length of the lease term, and the discount rate used to calculate the present value of the minimum lease payments. The Company’s lease agreements often include one or more options to renew at the Company’s discretion. If at lease inception, the Company considers the exercising of a renewal option to be reasonably certain, the Company will include the extended term in the calculation of the ROU asset and lease liability. The Company uses the rate implicit in the lease whenever this rate is readily determinable. As this rate is rarely determinable, the Company utilizes its incremental borrowing rate at lease inception, on a collateralized basis, over a similar term. For operating leases existing prior to January 1, 2019, the rate 55 Table of Contents for the remaining lease term as of January 1, 2019 was used. The lease liability is reduced based on the discounted present value of remaining payments as of each reporting period. The ROUA value is measured using the amount of lease liability and adjusted for prepaid or accrued lease payments, remaining lease incentives, unamortized direct costs (if any), and impairment (if any). Reserve for Unfunded Commitments The reserve for unfunded commitments is established through a provision for losses – unfunded commitments, the changes of which are recorded in noninterest expense. The reserve for unfunded commitments is an amount that Management believes will be adequate to absorb probable losses inherent in existing commitments, including unused portions of revolving lines of credit and other loans, standby letters of credit, and unused deposit account overdraft privileges. The reserve for unfunded commitments is based on evaluations of the collectability, and prior loss experience of unfunded commitments. The evaluations take into consideration such factors as changes in the nature and size of the loan portfolio, overall loan portfolio quality, loan concentrations, specific problem loans and related unfunded commitments, and current economic conditions that may affect the borrower’s or depositor’s ability to pay. Off-Balance Sheet Credit Related Financial Instruments In the ordinary course of business, the Company has entered into commitments to extend credit, including commitments under credit card arrangements, commercial letters of credit, and standby letters of credit. Such financial instruments are recorded when they are funded. Low Income Housing Tax Credits The Company accounts for low income housing tax credits and the related qualified affordable housing projects using the proportional amortization method. Under the proportional amortization method, the Company amortizes the initial cost of the investment in proportion to the tax credits and other tax benefits received and recognizes the net investment performance in the income statement as a component of income tax expense (benefit). Upon entering into a qualified affordable housing project, the Company records, in other liabilities, the entire amount that it has agreed to invest in the project, and an equal amount, in other assets, representing its investment in the project. As the Company disburses cash to satisfy its investment obligation, other liabilities are reduced. Over time, as the tax credits and other tax benefits of the project are realized by the Company, the investment recorded in other assets is reduced using the proportional amortization method. Income Taxes The Company’s accounting for income taxes is based on an asset and liability approach. The Company recognizes the amount of taxes payable or refundable for the current year, and deferred tax assets and liabilities for the future tax consequences that have been recognized in its financial statements or tax returns. The measurement of tax assets and liabilities is based on the provisions of enacted tax laws. A valuation allowance, if needed, reduces deferred tax assets to the expected amount most likely to be realized. Realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of a sufficient level of future taxable income and recoverable taxes paid in prior years. Although realization is not assured, management believes it is more likely than not that all of the deferred tax assets will be realized. A tax position is recognized as a benefit only if it is “more likely than not” that the tax position would be sustained in a tax examination, with a tax examination being presumed to occur. The amount recognized is the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than 50% likely of being realized on examination. For tax positions not meeting the “more likely than not” test, no tax benefit is recorded. Interest and/or penalties related to income taxes are reported as a component of non-interest income. Share-Based Compensation Compensation costs is recognized for stock options and restricted stock awards issued to employees and directors, based on the fair value of the awards at the date of grant. The estimate of the fair value of stock options and performance based restricted awards are based on a Black- Scholes or Monte Carlo model, respectively, while the market price of the common stock at the date of grant is used for time based restricted awards. Compensation cost is recognized over the required service period, generally defined as the vesting or measurement period. The Company’s accounting policy is to recognize forfeitures as they occur. Earnings per Share Basic earnings per share represents income available to common shareholders divided by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period. There are no unvested share-based payment awards that contain rights to nonforfeitable dividends (participating securities). Diluted earnings per share reflects additional common shares that would have been outstanding if dilutive potential common shares had been issued, as well as any adjustments to income that would result from assumed issuance. Potential common shares that may be issued by the Company relate solely from outstanding stock options and restricted stock units, and are determined using the treasury stock method. 56 Table of Contents Revenue Recognition The Company records revenue from contracts with customers in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification Topic 606, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers” (“Topic 606”). Under Topic 606, the Company must identify the contract with a customer, identify the performance obligations in the contract, determine the transaction price, allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract, and recognize revenue when (or as) the Company satisfies a performance obligation. Most of our revenue-generating transactions are not subject to Topic 606, including revenue generated from financial instruments, such as our loans and investment securities. In addition, certain non-interest income streams such as fees associated with mortgage servicing rights, financial guarantees, derivatives, and certain credit card fees are also not in scope of the new guidance. The Company’s non-interest revenue streams are largely based on transactional activity, or standard month-end revenue accruals such as asset management fees based on month- end market values. Consideration is often received immediately or shortly after the Company satisfies its performance obligation and revenue is recognized. The Company does not typically enter into long-term revenue contracts with customers, and therefore, does not experience significant contract balances. As of December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, the Company did not have any significant contract balances. The Company has evaluated the nature of its revenue streams and determined that further disaggregation of revenue into more granular categories beyond what is presented in Note 18 was not necessary. The following are descriptions of revenues within the scope of ASC 606. Deposit service charges The Company earns fees from its deposit customers for account maintenance, transaction-based and overdraft services. Account maintenance fees consist primarily of account fees and analyzed account fees charged on deposit accounts on a monthly basis. The performance obligation is satisfied and the fees are recognized on a monthly basis as the service period is completed. Transaction-based fees on deposit accounts are charged to deposit customers for specific services provided to the customer, such as non-sufficient funds fees, overdraft fees, and wire fees. The performance obligation is completed as the transaction occurs and the fees are recognized at the time each specific service is provided to the customer. Debit and ATM interchange fee income and expenses Debit and ATM interchange income represent fees earned when a debit card issued by the Company is used. The Company earns interchange fees from debit cardholder transactions through the Visa payment network. Interchange fees from cardholder transactions represent a percentage of the underlying transaction value and are recognized daily, concurrently with the transaction processing services provided to the cardholder. The performance obligation is satisfied and the fees are earned when the cost of the transaction is charged to the cardholders’ debit card. Certain expenses directly associated with the credit and debit card are recorded on a net basis with the interchange income. Commission on sale of non-deposit investment products Commissions on sale of non-deposit investment products consist of fees earned from advisory asset management, trade execution and administrative fees from investments. Advisory asset management fees are variable, since they are based on the underlying portfolio value, which is subject to market conditions and asset flows. Advisory asset management fees are recognized quarterly and are based on the portfolio values at the end of each quarter. Brokerage accounts are charged commissions at the time of a transaction and the commission schedule is based upon the type of security and quantity. In addition, revenues are earned from selling insurance and annuity policies. The amount of revenue earned is determined by the value and type of each instrument sold and is recognized at the time the policy or contract is written. Merchant fee income Merchant fee income represents fees earned by the Company for card payment services provided to its merchant customers. The Company outsources these services to a third party to provide card payment services to these merchants. The third party provider passes the payments made by the merchants through to the Company. The Company, in turn, pays the third party provider for the services it provides to the merchants. These payments to the third party provider are recorded as expenses as a net reduction against fee income. In addition, a portion of the payment received represents interchange fees which are passed through to the card issuing bank. Income is primarily earned based on the dollar volume and number of transactions processed. The performance obligation is satisfied and the related fee is earned when each payment is accepted by the processing network. Gain/loss on other real estate owned, net The Company records a gain or loss from the sale of other real estate owned when control of the property transfers to the buyer, which generally occurs at the time of an executed deed of trust. When the Company finances the sale of other real estate owned to the buyer, the Company assesses whether the buyer is committed to perform their obligations under the contract and whether collectability of the transaction price is probable. Once these criteria are met, the other real estate owned asset is derecognized and the gain or loss on sale is recorded upon the transfer of control of the property to the buyer. In determining the gain or loss on sale, the Company adjusts the transaction price and related gain or loss on sale if a significant financing component is present. 57 Table of Contents Reclassifications Certain amounts reported in previous consolidated financial statements have been reclassified and recalculated to conform to the presentation in this report. These reclassifications did not affect previously reported amounts of net income, total assets or total shareholders’ equity. Accounting Standards Adopted in 2019 The Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842). ASU 2016-02, which among other things, requires lessees to recognize most leases on-balance sheet, increasing reported assets and liabilities. Lessor accounting remains substantially similar to current U.S. GAAP. The FASB has issued incremental guidance to Topic 842 standard through ASU No. 2018-11, 2018-20, and 2019-01. The Company has elected to use the transition relief approach as provided in ASU 2018-11, which permits the Company to use January 1, 2019 as both the application date and the adoption date, rather than the modified retrospective approach which would have required an application date of January 1, 2017 and adoption date of January 1, 2019. The Company also elected certain relief options offered within the new standard, which include the package of practical expedients, the option not to recognize a right-of-use asset (ROUA) and lease liability that arise from short-term leases (i.e. leases with terms of 12 months or less), and the option of hindsight when determining lease term. Substantially all of the Company’s lease agreements are considered operating leases and were not previously recognized on the Company’s balance sheets. As of January 1, 2019, the Company recorded a ROUA and corresponding lease liability for all applicable operating leases. While the guidance increased the Company’s gross assets and liabilities, the adoption of ASU 2016-02 did not have a material impact on the consolidated statements of income or the consolidated statements of cash flows. See Note 11 for more information. FASB issued ASU 2017-8, Receivables—Nonrefundable Fees and Other Costs (Topic 310). ASU 2017-8 shortens the amortization period for certain callable debt securities held at a premium to require such premiums to be amortized to the earliest call date unless applicable guidance related to certain pools of securities is applied to consider estimated prepayments. Under prior guidance, entities were generally required to amortize premiums on individual, non-pooled callable debt securities as a yield adjustment over the contractual life of the security. ASU 2017-8 does not change the accounting for callable debt securities held at a discount. ASU 2017-8 was effective for the Company on January 1, 2019, and did not have a significant impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. Accounting Standards Pending Adoption FASB issued ASU No. 2016-13, Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (Topic 326). ASU 2016-13 is the final guidance on the new current expected credit loss (‘‘CECL’’) model. ASU 2016-13 requires the incurred loss impairment methodology in current GAAP be replaced with a methodology that reflects expected credit losses and requires consideration of a broader range of reasonable and supportable information to estimate future credit loss estimates. As CECL encompasses all financial assets carried at amortized cost, the requirement that reserves be established based on an organization’s reasonable and supportable estimate of expected credit losses extends to held to maturity (‘‘HTM’’) debt securities. ASU 2016-13 amends the accounting for credit losses on available-for-sale securities (‘‘AFS’’), whereby credit losses will be presented as an allowance as opposed to a write-down. In addition, CECL will modify the accounting for purchased loans with credit deterioration since origination, so that reserves are established at the date of acquisition for purchased loans. Lastly, ASU 2016-13 requires enhanced disclosures on the significant estimates and judgments used to estimate credit losses, as well as on the credit quality and underwriting standards of an organization’s portfolio. These disclosures require organizations to present the currently required credit quality disclosures disaggregated by the year of origination or vintage. ASU 2016-13 allows for a modified retrospective approach with a cumulative effect adjustment to the balance sheet upon adoption (charge to retained earnings instead of the income statement). ASU 2016-13 is effective for the Company as of January 1, 2020. Management has taken steps to prepare for the implementation requirements of this standard, such as forming an internal task force, gathering pertinent data, consulting with outside professionals, and evaluating its current IT systems. Based on the loan portfolio composition, characteristics and quality of the loan portfolio as of December 31, 2019, and the current economic environment, management estimates that the total allowance for loan losses will increase from $30,616,000 to approximately $42,000,000 to $50,000,000, or an increase of $11,384,000 to $19,384,000. The estimated decline in equity, net of tax, will range from $8,020,000 to $13,655,000. This increase includes the new requirement to include expected losses on purchased credit-deteriorated loans within the allowance for loan losses. The economic conditions, forecasts and assumptions used in the model could be significantly different in future periods. The impact of the change in the allowance on our results of operations in a provision for credit losses will depend on the current period net charge-offs, level of loan originations, and change in mix of the loan portfolio. The ranges noted above exclude any impact to the Company's reserve for unfunded commitments, which management does not believe the adoption of CECL will have a significant impact. As time progresses and the results of economic conditions require model assumption inputs to change, further refinements to the estimation process may also be identified. In addition, detailed and thorough disclosures are in process of being developed to explain the complexity of this estimate and to aid users of the financial statements in making informed decisions. The held-to-maturity (HTM) investment security portfolio consists of investment securities where payment performance has an implicit or explicit guarantee from the U.S. government and where no history of credit losses exist, management believes that indicators for zero loss are present and therefore, no loss reserves are anticipated to result from the adoption and implementation of the CECL standard for these assets. Management has separately evaluated its HTM investment securities from obligations of state and political subdivisions utilizing the historical loss data represented by similar securities over a period of time spanning nearly 50 years. Based on this evaluation, management has determined that the expected credit losses associated with these securities is less than significant for financial reporting purposes and therefore, no loss reserves are anticipated to result from the adoption and implementation of the CECL standard. FASB issued ASU No. 2017-4, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other: Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment (Topic 350): ASU 2017-4 eliminates step two of the goodwill impairment test (the hypothetical purchase price allocation used to determine the implied fair value of goodwill) when step one (determining if the carrying value of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value) is failed. Instead, entities simply will compare the fair value of a reporting unit to its carrying amount and record goodwill impairment for the amount by which the reporting unit’s 58 Table of Contents carrying amount exceeds its fair value. ASU 2017-4 is effective for the Company on January 1, 2020 and is not expected to have a significant impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-13, “Disclosure Framework - Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement.” This ASU eliminates, adds and modifies certain disclosure requirements for fair value measurements. Among the changes, entities will no longer be required to disclose the amount of and reasons for transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy, but will be required to disclose the range and weighted average used to develop significant unobservable inputs for Level 3 fair value measurements. ASU 2018-13 is effective January 1, 2020 and only revises disclosure requirements, as such it will not have a significant impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. Note 2 – Business Combinations Merger with FNB Bancorp On July 6, 2018, the Company completed the acquisition of FNB Bancorp (“FNBB”) for an aggregate transaction value of $291,132,000. FNBB was merged into the Company, and the Company issued 7,405,277 shares of common stock to the former shareholders of FNBB. FNBB’s subsidiary, First National Bank of Northern California, merged into the Bank on the same day. The Company also paid $6.7 million to settle and retire all FNBB stock options outstanding as of the acquisition date. Upon the consummation of the merger, the Company added 12 branches within San Mateo, San Francisco, and Santa Clara counties. In accordance with accounting for business combinations, the Company recorded $156,561,000 of goodwill and $27,605,000 of core deposit intangibles on the acquisition date. The core deposit intangibles is being amortized over the weighted average remaining life of 6.2 years with no significant residual value. For tax purposes, purchase prices accounting adjustments including goodwill are all non-taxable and /or non- deductible. Acquisition related costs of $0, $5,227,000 and $530,000 are included in the consolidated income statement for each of the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. The acquisition was consistent with the Company’s strategy to expand into the Bay Area market. The acquisition offers the Company the opportunity to increase profitability by introducing existing products and services to the acquired customer base as well as add new customers in the expanded region. Goodwill arising from the acquisition consisted largely of the estimated cost savings resulting from the combined operations. The following table summarizes the consideration paid for FNBB and the amounts of assets acquired and liabilities assumed that were recorded at the acquisition date (in thousands). Fair value of consideration transferred: Fair value of shares issued Cash consideration Total fair value of consideration transferred Assets acquired: Cash and cash equivalents Securities available for sale Restricted equity securities Loans Premises and equipment Cash value of life insurance Core deposit intangible Other assets Total assets acquired Liabilities assumed: Deposits Other liabilities Short-term borrowings—Federal Home Loan Bank Total liabilities assumed Total net assets acquired Goodwill recognized 59 FNB Bancorp July 6, 2018 $ 284,437 6,695 291,132 37,308 335,667 7,723 834,683 30,522 16,817 27,605 16,214 1,306,539 991,935 15,033 165,000 1,171,968 134,571 156,561 $ Table of Contents A summary of the estimated fair value adjustments resulting in the goodwill recorded in the FNB Bancorp acquisition are presented below (in thousands): Value of stock consideration paid to FNB Bancorp Shareholders Cash consideration Less: Cost basis net assets acquired Fair value adjustments: Investments Loans Premises and Equipment Core deposit intangible Deferred income taxes Other Goodwill FNB Bancorp July 6, 2018 $ 284,437 6,695 114,030 (1,081) (22,390) 21,590 27,327 (6,394) 1,489 $ 156,561 The fair value of net assets acquired includes fair value adjustments to certain loans that were not considered impaired (PNCI loans) as of the acquisition date. The fair value adjustments were determined using discounted contractual cash flows. As such, these loans were not considered impaired at the acquisition date and were not subject to the guidance relating to purchased credit impaired loans (PCI loans), which have shown evidence of credit deterioration since origination. The gross contractual amounts receivable and fair value for PNCI loans as of the acquisition date was $866,189,000 and $833,381,000, respectively. The gross contractual amounts receivable and fair value for PCI loans as of the acquisition date was $1,683,000 and $1,302,000, respectively. At the acquisition date, the Company was unable to estimate the expected contractual cash flows to be collected from the purchased credit impaired loans. The table below presents the unaudited proforma information as if the acquisition of FNB Bancorp had occurred on January 1, 2017 after giving effect to certain acquisition accounting adjustments. The proforma information for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 includes acquisition adjustments for the amortization/accretion on loans, core deposit intangibles, and related income tax effects. The proforma financial information also includes one-time costs associated with the acquisitions but does not include expected costs savings synergies that we expect to achieve. The unaudited pro forma financial information is not necessarily indicative of the results of operations that would have occurred had the transaction been effected on the assumed date. Summarized proforma income statement data: Net interest income (Provision for) benefit from loan losses Noninterest income Noninterest expense Income before taxes Income taxes Net income Basic earnings per share Diluted earnings per share Year ended December 31, 2018 December 31, 2017 (in thousands, except per share data) $ 242,793 $ (2,180) 51,152 (180,884) 110,881 (30,337) 80,544 2.65 2.63 $ $ $ $ $ $ 227,795 271 53,881 (181,833) 100,114 (47,352) 52,762 1.74 1.72 It is impracticable to separately provide information regarding the revenue and earnings of FNB Bancorp included in the Company’s consolidated income statement from the July 6, 2018 acquisition date to December 31, 2018 because the operations of FNBB were substantially comingled with the operations of the Company as of the system conversion date of July 22, 2018. 60 Table of Contents Note 3 – Investment Securities The amortized cost and estimated fair values of investment securities classified as available for sale and held to maturity are summarized in the following tables: Amortized Cost December 31, 2019 Gross Unrealized Gains Gross Unrealized Losses (in thousands) Estimated Fair Value Debt Securities Available for Sale Obligations of U.S. government agencies Obligations of states and political subdivisions Corporate bonds Asset backed securities $ 466,139 $ 7,261 $ (420) $ 106,373 2,430 371,809 3,229 102 129 (1) — (6,913) Total debt securities available for sale $ 946,751 $ 10,721 $ (7,334) $ Debt Securities Held to Maturity Obligations of U.S. government agencies Obligations of states and political subdivisions Total debt securities held to maturity Debt Securities Available for Sale Obligations of U.S. government agencies Obligations of states and political subdivisions Corporate bonds Asset backed securities Total debt securities available for sale Debt Securities Held to Maturity Obligations of U.S. government agencies Obligations of states and political subdivisions Total debt securities held to maturity 472,980 109,601 2,532 365,025 950,138 367,377 14,148 361,785 13,821 6,072 327 (480) — $ 375,606 $ 6,399 $ (480) $ 381,525 Amortized Cost December 31, 2018 Gross Unrealized Gains Gross Unrealized Losses (in thousands) Estimated Fair Value $ 647,288 $ 128,890 4,381 355,451 1,136,010 430,343 14,593 444,936 $ $ $ $ $ $ 771 294 97 73 1,235 327 82 409 $ (18,078) $ (3,112) — (1,019) 629,981 126,072 4,478 354,505 $ $ $ (22,209) $ 1,115,036 (7,745) $ 422,925 (230) 14,445 (7,975) $ 437,370 During 2019, proceeds from sales of debt securities were $127,066,000, resulting in gross gains and gross (losses) of $338,000 and $(228,000), respectively. During 2018, proceeds from sales of debt securities were $293,279,000, resulting in a gross gains of $207,000. During 2017, investment securities with a cost basis of $24,796,000 were sold for $25,757,000, resulting in a gain of $961,000 on sale. Investment securities with an aggregate carrying value of $466,321,000 and $597,591,000 at December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively, were pledged as collateral for specific borrowings, lines of credit and local agency deposits. The amortized cost and estimated fair value of debt securities at December 31, 2019 by contractual maturity are shown below. Actual maturities may differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties. At December 31, 2019, obligations of U.S. government and agencies with an amortized cost basis totaling $827,924,000 consist almost entirely of residential real estate mortgage-backed securities whose contractual maturity, or principal repayment, will follow the repayment of the underlying mortgages. For purposes of the following table, the entire outstanding balance of these mortgage- backed securities issued by U.S. government corporations and agencies is categorized based on final maturity date. At December 31, 2019, the Company estimates the average remaining life of these mortgage-backed securities issued by U.S. government corporations and agencies to be approximately 4.9 years. Average remaining life is defined as the time span after which the principal balance has been reduced by half. 61 Table of Contents Debt Securities (In thousands) Due in one year Due after one year through five years Due after five years through ten years Due after ten years Totals Available for Sale Held to Maturity Amortized Cost Estimated Fair Value Amortized Cost Estimated Fair Value $ 607 $ 611 $ 1,271 $ 14,853 91,635 839,656 15,204 91,739 842,584 — 21,366 352,969 $ 946,751 $ 950,138 $ 375,606 $ 1,280 — 21,639 358,606 381,525 Gross unrealized losses on investment securities and the fair value of the related securities, aggregated by investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position, were as follows: December 31, 2019 Debt Securities Available for Sale Obligations of U.S. government agencies Obligations of states and political subdivisions Asset backed securities Total debt securities available for sale Debt Securities Held to Maturity Obligations of U.S. government agencies Obligations of states and political subdivisions Total debt securities held to maturity $ $ $ December 31, 2018 Debt Securities Available for Sale Obligations of U.S. government agencies Obligations of states and political subdivisions Asset backed securities Total securities available for sale Debt Securities Held to Maturity Obligations of U.S. government agencies Obligations of states and political subdivisions Total debt securities held to maturity $ $ $ Less than 12 months Fair Value Unrealized Loss 12 months or more Total Fair Value Unrealized Loss Fair Value Unrealized Loss (in thousands) $ 36,709 $ (309) $ 23,852 $ (111) $ 60,561 $ (420) 778 237,463 (1) (4,535) — 99,981 — 778 (2,378) 337,444 (1) (6,913) 274,950 $ (4,845) $ 123,833 $ (2,489) $ 398,783 $ (7,334) 18,813 $ (142) $ 62,952 $ (338) $ 81,765 $ (480) — — — — — — 18,813 $ (142) $ 62,952 $ (338) $ 81,765 $ (480) Less than 12 months Fair Value Unrealized Loss 12 months or more Total Fair Value Unrealized Loss Fair Value Unrealized Loss (in thousands) $ 171,309 $ (3,588) $ 394,630 $ (14,490) $ 565,939 $ (18,078) 63,738 101,386 (1,541) (1,019) 20,719 — (1,571) — 84,457 101,386 (3,112) (1,019) 336,433 $ (6,148) $ 415,349 $ (16,061) $ 751,782 $ (22,209) 223,810 $ (2,619) $ 158,648 $ (5,126) $ 382,458 $ (7,745) 5,786 (114) 4,042 (116) 9,828 (230) 229,596 $ (2,733) $ 162,690 $ (5,242) $ 392,286 $ (7,975) Obligations of U.S. government corporations and agencies: Unrealized losses on investments in obligations of U.S. government corporations and agencies are caused by interest rate increases. The contractual cash flows of these securities are guaranteed by U.S. Government Sponsored Entities (principally Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac). It is expected that the securities would not be settled at a price less than the amortized cost of the investment. Because the decline in fair value is attributable to changes in interest rates and not credit quality, and because the Company does not intend to sell and more likely than not will not be required to sell, these investments are not considered other- than-temporarily impaired. At December 31, 2019, 16 debt securities representing obligations of U.S. government corporations and agencies had unrealized losses with aggregate depreciation of 0.63% from the Company’s amortized cost basis. 62 Table of Contents Obligations of states and political subdivisions: The unrealized losses on investments in obligations of states and political subdivisions were caused by increases in required yields by investors in these types of securities. It is expected that the securities would not be settled at a price less than the amortized cost of the investment. Because the decline in fair value is attributable to changes in interest rates and not credit quality, and because the Company does not intend to sell and more likely than not will not be required to sell, these investments are not considered other-than-temporarily impaired. At December 31, 2019, 1 debt security representing obligations of states and political subdivisions had unrealized losses with aggregate depreciation of 0.13% from the Company’s amortized cost basis. Asset backed securities: The unrealized losses on investments in asset backed securities were caused by increases in required yields by investors in these types of securities. At the time of purchase, each of these securities were rated AA or AAA and through December 31, 2019 have not experienced any deterioration in credit rating. The Company continues to monitor these securities for changes in credit rating or other indications of credit deterioration. Because management believes the decline in fair value is attributable to changes in interest rates and not credit quality, and because the Company does not intend to sell and more likely than not will not be required to sell, these investments are not considered other-than-temporarily impaired. At December 31, 2019, 20 asset backed securities had unrealized losses with aggregate depreciation of 2.01% from the Company’s amortized cost basis. Marketable equity securities: All unrealized gains recognized during the reporting period were for equity securities still held at December 31, 2019. Note 4 – Loans A summary of loan balances follows (in thousands): Mortgage loans on real estate: Residential 1-4 family Commercial Total mortgage loans on real estate Consumer: Home equity lines of credit Home equity loans Other Total consumer loans Commercial Construction: Residential Commercial Total construction Total loans, net of deferred loan fees and discounts Total principal balance of loans owed, net of charge-offs Unamortized net deferred loan fees Discounts to principal balance of loans owed, net of charge-offs Total loans, net of deferred loan fees and discounts Allowance for loan losses Originated PNCI PCI Total December 31, 2019 $ 373,101 $ 134,994 $ 1,413 $ 509,508 2,221,217 2,594,318 592,244 727,238 299,454 25,343 67,896 392,693 262,581 191,681 46,422 238,103 3,487,695 3,496,622 $ $ (8,927) 34,057 2,829 14,758 51,644 18,649 11,285 439 11,724 809,255 838,425 — — (29,170) 5,321 6,734 789 414 2 1,205 2,477 — — — 2,818,782 3,328,290 334,300 28,586 82,656 445,542 283,707 202,966 46,861 249,827 $ $ 10,416 16,678 $ $ 4,307,366 4,351,725 — (6,262) (8,927) (35,432) 3,487,695 $ 809,255 $ 10,416 $ 4,307,366 (30,110) $ (500) $ (6) $ (30,616) $ $ $ $ 63 Table of Contents Mortgage loans on real estate: Residential 1-4 family Commercial Total mortgage loan on real estate Consumer: Home equity lines of credit Home equity loans Other Total consumer loans Commercial Construction: Residential Commercial Total construction Total loans, net of deferred loan fees and discounts Total principal balance of loans owed, net of charge-offs Unamortized net deferred loan fees Discounts to principal balance of loans owed, net of charge-offs Total loans, net of unamortized deferred loan fees and discounts Allowance for loan losses Originated December 31, 2018 PCI PNCI Total $ 343,796 $ 169,792 $ 1,674 $ 515,262 1,910,981 2,254,777 708,401 878,193 8,456 10,130 2,627,838 3,143,100 284,453 32,660 34,020 351,133 228,635 90,703 56,208 146,911 40,957 3,585 21,659 66,201 45,468 30,593 5,880 36,473 1,167 439 42 1,648 2,445 — — — 326,577 36,684 55,721 418,982 276,548 121,296 62,088 183,384 $ $ $ $ 2,981,456 2,991,324 $ $ 1,026,335 1,062,655 $ $ 14,223 21,265 $ $ 4,022,014 4,075,244 (9,868) — — (36,320) — (7,042) (9,868) (43,362) 2,981,456 $ 1,026,335 $ 14,223 $ 4,022,014 (31,793) $ (667) $ (122) $ (32,582) The following is a summary of the change in accretable yield for PCI loans during the periods indicated (in thousands): Change in accretable yield: Balance at beginning of period Accretion to interest income Reclassification from non-accretable difference Balance at end of period Year ended December 31, 2018 2017 2019 $ $ 6,059 $ 6,137 $ (852) 1,012 (787) 709 6,219 $ 6,059 $ 7,670 (2,809) 1,276 6,137 64 Table of Contents Note 5 – Allowance for Loan Losses The following tables summarize the activity in the allowance for loan losses, and ending balance of loans, net of unearned fees for the periods indicated. (in thousands) Mortgage loans on real estate: Residential 1-4 family Commercial Total mortgage loans on real estate Consumer: Home equity lines of credit Home equity loans Other Total consumer loans Commercial Construction: Residential Commercial Total construction Total (in thousands) Mortgage loans on real estate: Residential 1-4 family Commercial Total mortgage loans on real estate Consumer: Home equity lines of credit Home equity loans Other Total consumer loans Commercial Construction: Residential Commercial Total construction Total Allowance for Loan Losses - December 31, 2019 Beginning Balance Charge-offs Recoveries Provision (benefit) Ending Balance $ 2,676 $ (2) $ 54 $ (422) $ 12,944 15,620 6,042 1,540 793 8,375 6,090 1,834 663 2,497 (746) (748) — (3) (765) (768) (2,123) — — — 1,528 1,582 504 431 321 1,256 525 — — — (1,731) (2,153) (974) (1,357) 1,246 (1,085) 657 1,236 (345) 891 2,306 11,995 14,301 5,572 611 1,595 7,778 5,149 3,070 318 3,388 $ 32,582 $ (3,639) $ 3,363 $ (1,690) $ 30,616 Allowance for Loan Losses – As of December 31, 2019 Loans pooled for evaluation Individually evaluated for impairment Loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality Total allowance for loan losses $ 2,257 $ 11,917 14,174 5,451 567 1,576 7,594 4,519 3,070 318 3,388 49 78 127 115 44 19 178 630 — — — $ — $ — — 6 — — 6 — — — — 2,306 11,995 14,301 5,572 611 1,595 7,778 5,149 3,070 318 3,388 $ 29,675 $ 935 $ 6 $ 30,616 65 Table of Contents (in thousands) Mortgage loans on real estate: Residential 1-4 family Commercial Total mortgage loans on real estate Consumer: Home equity lines of credit Home equity loans Other Total consumer loans Commercial Construction: Residential Commercial Total construction Total (in thousands) Mortgage loans on real estate: Residential 1-4 family Commercial Total mortgage loans on real estate Consumer: Home equity lines of credit Home equity loans Other Total consumer loans Commercial Construction: Residential Commercial Total construction Total Loans, Net of Unearned fees – As of December 31, 2019 Loans pooled for evaluation Individually evaluated for impairment Loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality Total loans, net of unearned fees $ 503,021 $ 5,074 $ 1,413 $ 509,508 2,804,812 3,307,833 331,437 26,522 82,514 440,473 278,900 202,966 46,861 249,827 8,649 13,723 2,074 1,650 140 3,864 2,330 — — — 5,321 6,734 789 414 2 1,205 2,477 — — — 2,818,782 3,328,290 334,300 28,586 82,656 445,542 283,707 202,966 46,861 249,827 $ 4,277,033 $ 19,917 $ 10,416 $ 4,307,366 Allowance for Loan Losses – Year Ended December 31, 2018 Beginning Balance Charge-offs Recoveries Provision (benefit) Ending Balance $ 2,317 $ (77) $ — $ 436 $ 11,441 13,758 5,800 1,841 586 8,227 6,512 1,184 642 1,826 (15) (92) (277) (24) (783) (1,084) (1,188) — — — 68 68 846 297 288 1,431 541 — — — 1,450 1,886 (327) (574) 702 (199) 225 650 21 671 2,676 12,944 15,620 6,042 1,540 793 8,375 6,090 1,834 663 2,497 $ 30,323 $ (2,364) $ 2,040 $ 2,583 $ 32,582 66 Table of Contents (in thousands) Mortgage loans on real estate: Residential 1-4 family Commercial Total mortgage loans on real estate Consumer: Home equity lines of credit Home equity loans Other Total consumer loans Commercial Construction: Residential Commercial Total construction Total (in thousands) Mortgage loans on real estate: Residential 1-4 family Commercial Total mortgage loans on real estate Consumer: Home equity lines of credit Home equity loans Other Total consumer loans Commercial Construction: Residential Commercial Total construction Total Allowance for Loan Losses – As of December 31, 2018 Loans pooled for evaluation Individually evaluated for impairment Loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality Total allowance for loan losses $ 2,620 $ 12,737 15,357 5,838 1,486 779 8,103 4,309 1,834 663 2,497 56 91 147 198 54 14 266 1,781 — — — $ — $ 116 116 6 — — 6 — — — — 2,676 12,944 15,620 6,042 1,540 793 8,375 6,090 1,834 663 2,497 $ 30,266 $ 2,194 $ 122 $ 32,582 Loans, Net of Unearned fees – As of December 31, 2018 Loans pooled for evaluation Individually evaluated for impairment Loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality Total allowance for loan losses $ 509,267 $ 4,321 $ 1,674 $ 515,262 2,606,819 3,116,086 322,764 33,142 55,483 411,389 268,885 121,296 62,088 183,384 12,563 16,884 2,646 3,103 196 5,945 5,218 — — — 8,456 10,130 1,167 439 42 1,648 2,445 — — — 2,627,838 3,143,100 326,577 36,684 55,721 418,982 276,548 121,296 62,088 183,384 $ 3,979,744 $ 28,047 $ 14,223 $ 4,022,014 67 Table of Contents (in thousands) Mortgage loans on real estate: Residential 1-4 family Commercial Total mortgage loans on real estate Consumer: Home equity lines of credit Home equity loans Other Total consumer loans Commercial Construction: Residential Commercial Total construction Total (in thousands) Mortgage loans on real estate: Residential 1-4 family Commercial Total mortgage loans on real estate Consumer: Home equity lines of credit Home equity loans Other Total consumer loans Commercial Construction: Residential Commercial Total construction Total Allowance for Loan Losses – Year Ended December 31, 2017 Beginning Balance Charge-offs Recoveries Provision (benefit) Ending Balance $ 2,748 $ (60) $ — $ (371) $ 11,517 14,265 7,044 2,644 622 10,310 5,831 1,417 680 2,097 (186) (246) (98) (332) (1,186) (1,616) (1,444) (1,104) — (1,104) 397 397 698 242 375 1,315 428 — 1 1 (287) (658) (1,844) (713) 775 (1,782) 1,697 871 (39) 832 2,317 11,441 13,758 5,800 1,841 586 8,227 6,512 1,184 642 1,826 $ 32,503 $ (4,410) $ 2,141 $ 89 $ 30,323 Allowance for Loan Losses – As of December 31, 2017 Loans pooled for evaluation Individually evaluated for impairment Loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality Total allowance for loan losses $ 1,932 $ 230 $ 155 $ 11,351 13,283 5,356 1,734 529 7,619 4,624 1,184 642 1,826 30 260 427 107 57 591 1,848 — — — 60 215 17 — — 17 40 — — — 2,317 11,441 13,758 5,800 1,841 586 8,227 6,512 1,184 642 1,826 $ 27,352 $ 2,699 $ 272 $ 30,323 68 Table of Contents (in thousands) Mortgage loans on real estate: Residential 1-4 family Commercial Total mortgage loans on real estate Consumer: Home equity lines of credit Home equity loans Other Total consumer loans Commercial Construction: Residential Commercial Total construction Total Loans, Net of Unearned fees – As of December 31, 2017 Loans pooled for evaluation Individually evaluated for impairment Loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality Total Loans $ 378,743 $ 5,298 $ 1,385 $ 385,426 1,892,422 2,271,165 283,502 41,076 24,853 349,431 213,358 67,790 69,627 137,417 13,911 19,209 2,688 1,470 257 4,415 4,470 140 — 140 8,563 9,948 2,498 485 45 3,028 2,584 — — — 1,914,896 2,300,322 288,688 43,031 25,155 356,874 220,412 67,930 69,627 137,557 $ 2,971,371 $ 28,234 $ 15,560 $ 3,015,165 As part of the on-going monitoring of the credit quality of the Company’s loan portfolio, management tracks certain credit quality indicators including, but not limited to, trends relating to (i) the level of criticized and classified loans, (ii) net charge-offs, (iii) non-performing loans, and (iv) delinquency within the portfolio. The Company utilizes a risk grading system to assign a risk grade to each of its loans. Loans are graded on a scale ranging from Pass to Loss. A description of the general characteristics of the risk grades is as follows: • • • • • Pass – This grade represents loans ranging from acceptable to very little or no credit risk. These loans typically meet most if not all policy standards in regard to: loan amount as a percentage of collateral value, debt service coverage, profitability, leverage, and working capital. Special Mention – This grade represents “Other Assets Especially Mentioned” in accordance with regulatory guidelines and includes loans that display some potential weaknesses which, if left unaddressed, may result in deterioration of the repayment prospects for the asset or may inadequately protect the Company’s position in the future. These loans warrant more than normal supervision and attention. Substandard – This grade represents “Substandard” loans in accordance with regulatory guidelines. Loans within this rating typically exhibit weaknesses that are well defined to the point that repayment is jeopardized. Loss potential is, however, not necessarily evident. The underlying collateral supporting the credit appears to have sufficient value to protect the Company from loss of principal and accrued interest, or the loan has been written down to the point where this is true. There is a definite need for a well-defined workout/rehabilitation program. Doubtful – This grade represents “Doubtful” loans in accordance with regulatory guidelines. An asset classified as Doubtful has all the weaknesses inherent in a loan classified Substandard with the added characteristic that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions and values, highly questionable and improbable. Pending factors include proposed merger, acquisition, or liquidation procedures, capital injection, perfecting liens on additional collateral, and financing plans. Loss – This grade represents “Loss” loans in accordance with regulatory guidelines. A loan classified as Loss is considered uncollectible and of such little value that its continuance as a bankable asset is not warranted. This classification does not mean that the loan has absolutely no recovery or salvage value, but rather that it is not practical or desirable to defer writing off the loan, even though some recovery may be affected in the future. The portion of the loan that is graded loss should be charged off no later than the end of the quarter in which the loss is identified. 69 Table of Contents The following tables present ending loan balances by loan category and risk grade for the periods indicated: (in thousands) Mortgage loans on real estate: Residential 1-4 family Commercial Total mortgage loans on real estate Consumer: Home equity lines of credit Home equity loans Other Total consumer loans Commercial Construction: Residential Commercial Total construction Total loans (in thousands) Mortgage loans on real estate: Residential 1-4 family Commercial Total mortgage loans on real estate Consumer: Home equity lines of credit Home equity loans Other Total consumer loans Commercial Construction: Residential Commercial Total construction Total loans Credit Quality Indicators Originated Loans – As of December 31, 2019 Pass Special Mention Substandard Doubtful / Loss Total Originated Loans $ 366,149 $ 2,497 $ 4,455 $ — $ 373,101 2,185,961 2,552,110 24,485 26,982 10,771 15,226 293,432 22,318 67,422 383,172 254,554 191,434 46,105 237,539 3,332 1,192 373 4,897 3,826 — 317 317 2,690 1,833 101 4,624 4,201 247 — 247 — — — — — — — — — 2,221,217 2,594,318 299,454 25,343 67,896 392,693 262,581 191,681 46,422 238,103 $ 3,427,375 $ 36,022 $ 24,298 $ — $ 3,487,695 Credit Quality Indicators PNCI Loans – As of December 31, 2019 Pass Special Mention Substandard Doubtful / Loss Total PNCI Loans $ 131,820 $ 2,217 $ 957 $ — $ 584,829 716,649 32,096 2,774 14,390 49,260 18,602 7,083 439 7,522 573 2,790 857 — 346 1,203 1 4,202 — 4,202 6,842 7,799 1,104 55 22 1,181 46 — — — — — — — — — — — — — $ 792,033 $ 8,196 $ 9,026 $ — $ 134,994 592,244 727,238 34,057 2,829 14,758 51,644 18,649 11,285 439 11,724 809,255 70 Table of Contents (in thousands) Mortgage loans on real estate: Residential 1-4 family Commercial Total mortgage loans on real estate Consumer: Home equity lines of credit Home equity loans Other Total consumer loans Commercial Construction: Residential Commercial Total construction Total loans (in thousands) Mortgage loans on real estate: Residential 1-4 family Commercial Total mortgage loans on real estate Consumer: Home equity lines of credit Home equity loans Other Total consumer loans Commercial Construction: Residential Commercial Total construction Total Credit Quality Indicators Originated Loans – As of December 31, 2018 Pass Special Mention Substandard Doubtful / Loss Total Originated Loans $ 337,189 $ 1,724 $ 4,883 $ — $ 343,796 1,861,627 2,198,816 33,483 35,207 15,871 20,754 279,491 29,289 33,606 342,386 217,126 90,412 55,863 146,275 2,309 1,054 341 3,704 6,127 32 345 377 2,653 2,317 73 5,043 5,382 259 — 259 — — — — — — — — — — 1,910,981 2,254,777 284,453 32,660 34,020 351,133 228,635 90,703 56,208 146,911 $ 2,904,603 $ 45,415 $ 31,438 $ — $ 2,981,456 Credit Quality Indicators PNCI Loans – As of December 31, 2018 Pass Special Mention Substandard Doubtful / Loss Total PNCI Loans $ 167,908 $ 1,086 $ 798 $ — $ 701,868 869,776 38,780 3,413 21,481 63,674 45,027 30,593 5,880 36,473 3,085 4,171 1,124 74 173 1,371 321 — — — 3,448 4,246 1,053 98 5 1,156 120 — — — — — — — — — — — — — 169,792 708,401 878,193 40,957 3,585 21,659 66,201 45,468 30,593 5,880 36,473 $ 1,014,950 $ 5,863 $ 5,522 $ — $ 1,026,335 Consumer loans, whether unsecured or secured by real estate, automobiles, or other personal property, are susceptible to three primary risks; non-payment due to income loss, over-extension of credit and, when the borrower is unable to pay, shortfall in collateral value. Typically non- payment is due to loss of job and will follow general economic trends in the marketplace driven primarily by rises in the unemployment rate. Loss of collateral value can be due to market demand shifts, damage to collateral itself or a combination of the two. Problem consumer loans are generally identified by payment history of the borrower (delinquency). The Bank manages its consumer loan portfolios by monitoring delinquency and contacting borrowers to encourage repayment, suggest modifications if appropriate, and, when continued scheduled payments become unrealistic, initiate repossession or foreclosure through appropriate channels. Collateral values may be determined by appraisals obtained through Bank approved, licensed appraisers, qualified independent third parties, public value information (blue book values for autos), sales invoices, or other appropriate means. Appropriate valuations are obtained at initiation of the credit and periodically (every 3-12 months depending on collateral type) once repayment is questionable and the loan has been classified. Commercial real estate loans generally fall into two categories, owner-occupied and non-owner occupied. Loans secured by owner occupied real estate are primarily susceptible to changes in the business conditions of the related business. This may be driven by, among other things, 71 Table of Contents industry changes, geographic business changes, changes in the individual fortunes of the business owner, and general economic conditions and changes in business cycles. These same risks apply to commercial loans whether secured by equipment or other personal property or unsecured. Losses on loans secured by owner occupied real estate, equipment, or other personal property generally are dictated by the value of underlying collateral at the time of default and liquidation of the collateral. When default is driven by issues related specifically to the business owner, collateral values tend to provide better repayment support and may result in little or no loss. Alternatively, when default is driven by more general economic conditions, underlying collateral generally has devalued more and results in larger losses due to default. Loans secured by non-owner occupied real estate are primarily susceptible to risks associated with swings in occupancy or vacancy and related shifts in lease rates, rental rates or room rates. Most often these shifts are a result of changes in general economic or market conditions or overbuilding and resultant over-supply. Losses are dependent on value of underlying collateral at the time of default. Values are generally driven by these same factors and influenced by interest rates and required rates of return as well as changes in occupancy costs. Construction loans, whether owner occupied or non-owner occupied commercial real estate loans or residential development loans, are not only susceptible to the related risks described above but the added risks of construction itself including cost over-runs, mismanagement of the project, or lack of demand or market changes experienced at time of completion. Again, losses are primarily related to underlying collateral value and changes therein as described above. Problem C&I loans are generally identified by periodic review of financial information which may include financial statements, tax returns, rent rolls and payment history of the borrower (delinquency). Based on this information the Bank may decide to take any of several courses of action including demand for repayment, additional collateral or guarantors, and, when repayment becomes unlikely through borrower’s income and cash flow, repossession or foreclosure of the underlying collateral. Collateral values may be determined by appraisals obtained through Bank approved, licensed appraisers, qualified independent third parties, public value information (blue book values for autos), sales invoices, or other appropriate means. Appropriate valuations are obtained at initiation of the credit and periodically (every 3-12 months depending on collateral type) once repayment is questionable and the loan has been classified. Once a loan becomes delinquent and repayment becomes questionable, a Bank collection officer will address collateral shortfalls with the borrower and attempt to obtain additional collateral. If this is not forthcoming and payment in full is unlikely, the Bank will estimate its probable loss, using a recent valuation as appropriate to the underlying collateral less estimated costs of sale, and charge the loan down to the estimated net realizable amount. Depending on the length of time until ultimate collection, the Bank may revalue the underlying collateral and take additional charge-offs as warranted. Revaluations may occur as often as every 3-12 months depending on the underlying collateral and volatility of values. Final charge-offs or recoveries are taken when collateral is liquidated and actual loss is known. Unpaid balances on loans after or during collection and liquidation may also be pursued through lawsuit and attachment of wages or judgment liens on borrower’s other assets. The following tables show the ending balance of current and past due originated and PNCI loans by loan category as of the date indicated: Analysis of Originated Past Due Loans - As of December 31, 2019 (in thousands) Mortgage loans on real estate: 30-59 days 60-89 days > 90 days Total Past Due Loans Current Total > 90 Days and Still Accruing Residential 1-4 family Commercial $ Total mortgage loans on real estate Consumer: Home equity lines of credit Home equity loans Other Total consumer loans Commercial Construction: Residential Commercial Total construction Total originated loans 60 30 90 — 36 120 156 604 — — — $ 65 $ 1,957 $ 2,082 $ 371,019 $ 373,101 $ 136 201 93 216 — 309 297 — — — 293 459 2,220,758 2,221,217 2,250 2,541 2,591,777 2,594,318 712 132 4 848 9 — — — 805 384 124 1,313 910 — — — 298,649 299,454 24,959 67,772 391,380 261,671 191,681 46,422 238,103 25,343 67,896 392,693 262,581 191,681 46,422 238,103 $ 850 $ 807 $ 3,107 $ 4,764 $ 3,482,931 $ 3,487,695 $ 72 — — — — — — — — — — — — Table of Contents (in thousands) Mortgage loans on real estate: Residential 1-4 family Commercial Total mortgage loans on real estate Consumer: Home equity lines of credit Home equity loans Other Total consumer loans Commercial Construction: Residential Commercial Total construction Total PNCI loans Analysis of PNCI Past Due Loans - As of December 31, 2019 30-59 days 60-89 days > 90 days Total Past Due Loans Current Total > 90 Days and Still Accruing $ — $ 305 $ — $ 305 $ 134,689 $ 134,994 $ 268 268 87 51 — 138 — — — — — 305 260 — — 260 — — — — 2,137 2,405 589,839 592,244 2,137 2,710 724,528 727,238 243 — 19 262 51 — — — 590 51 19 660 51 — — — 33,467 2,778 14,739 50,984 18,598 11,285 439 11,724 34,057 2,829 14,758 51,644 18,649 11,285 439 11,724 $ 406 $ 565 $ 2,450 $ 3,421 $ 805,834 $ 809,255 $ Analysis of Originated Past Due Loans - As of December 31, 2018 — — — — — 19 19 — — — — 19 (in thousands) Mortgage loans on real estate: 30-59 days 60-89 days > 90 days Total Past Due Loans Current Total > 90 Days and Still Accruing Residential 1-4 family Commercial $ 1,675 $ 132 $ 431 1,200 Total mortgage loans on real estate 2,106 1,332 Consumer: Home equity lines of credit Home equity loans Other Total consumer loans Commercial Construction: Residential Commercial Total construction Total loans 908 1,043 298 2,249 1,053 209 — 209 478 296 774 609 214 — 823 $ 2,285 $ 341,511 $ 343,796 $ 1,927 1,909,054 1,910,981 4,212 2,250,565 2,254,777 1,564 1,281 315 3,160 2,879 209 — 209 282,889 284,453 31,379 33,705 347,973 225,756 32,660 34,020 351,133 228,635 90,494 56,208 90,703 56,208 146,702 146,911 47 24 17 88 579 1,247 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — $ 5,617 $ 1,999 $ 2,844 $ 10,460 $ 2,970,996 $ 2,981,456 $ 73 Table of Contents (in thousands) Mortgage loans on real estate: Residential 1-4 family Commercial Total mortgage loans on real estate Consumer: Home equity lines of credit Home equity loans Other Total consumer loans Commercial Construction: Residential Commercial Total construction Total loans Analysis of PNCI Past Due Loans - As of December 31, 2018 30-59 days 60-89 days > 90 days Total Past Due Loans Current Total > 90 Days and Still Accruing $ 1,009 $ 133 $ 156 $ 1,298 $ 168,494 $ 169,792 $ 1,646 1,136 1,082 3,864 704,537 708,401 2,655 1,269 1,238 5,162 873,031 878,193 304 74 160 538 678 — — — 35 — — 35 145 — — — 237 — — 237 113 — — — 576 74 160 810 936 — — — 40,381 3,511 21,499 65,391 44,532 30,593 5,880 36,473 40,957 3,585 21,659 66,201 45,468 30,593 5,880 36,473 $ 3,871 $ 1,449 $ 1,588 $ 6,908 $ 1,019,427 $ 1,026,335 $ — — — — — — — — — — — — The following table shows the ending balance of non accrual loans by loan category as of the date indicated: Non Accrual Loans (in thousands) Mortgage loans on real estate: Residential 1-4 family Commercial Total mortgage loans on real estate Consumer: Home equity lines of credit Home equity loans Other Total consumer loans Commercial Construction: Residential Commercial Total construction Total non accrual loans As of December 31, 2019 PNCI Total Originated As of December 31, 2018 PNCI Total Originated $ 3,547 $ 876 $ 4,423 $ 3,244 $ 334 $ 2,702 6,249 1,254 1,181 29 2,464 2,038 — — — 2,403 3,279 548 31 2 581 51 — — — 5,105 9,528 1,802 1,212 31 3,045 2,089 — — — 9,263 12,507 1,429 1,722 3 3,154 3,755 — — — 1,468 1,802 885 47 4 936 120 — — — 3,578 10,731 14,309 2,314 1,769 7 4,090 3,875 — — — $ 10,751 $ 3,911 $ 14,662 $ 19,416 $ 2,858 $ 22,274 Interest income on originated non accrual loans that would have been recognized during the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017, if all such loans had been current in accordance with their original terms, totaled $896,000, $1,584,000, and $1,067,000, respectively. Interest income actually recognized on these originated loans during the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017 was $210,000, $486,000, and $530,000, respectively. Interest income on PNCI non accrual loans that would have been recognized during the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017, if all such loans had been current in accordance with their original terms, totaled $305,000, $1,122,000, and $73,000, respectively. Interest income actually recognized on these PNCI loans during the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017 was $162,000, $989,000, and $18,000, respectively. Impaired originated loans are those where management has concluded that it is probable that the borrower will be unable to pay all amounts due under the contractual terms. The following tables show the recorded investment (financial statement balance), unpaid principal balance, average recorded investment, and interest income recognized for impaired Originated and PNCI loans, segregated by those with no related allowance recorded and those with an allowance recorded for the periods indicated. 74 Table of Contents (in thousands) Mortgage loans on real estate: Impaired Originated Loans - As of, or for the Twelve Months Ended, December 31, 2019 Unpaid principal balance Recorded investment with no related allowance Recorded investment with related allowance Total recorded investment Related allowance Average recorded investment Interest income recognized Residential 1-4 family $ 4,836 $ 3,434 $ 764 $ 4,198 $ Commercial 6,543 4,401 1,845 6,246 49 78 $ 4,388 $ 9,343 Total mortgage loans on real estate Consumer: Home equity lines of credit Home equity loans Other Total consumer loans Commercial Construction: Residential Commercial Total construction 11,379 7,835 2,609 10,444 127 13,731 1,315 1,895 47 3,257 2,612 — — — 1,267 1,278 3 2,548 1,463 — — — 1 234 25 260 816 — — — 1,268 1,512 28 2,808 2,279 — — — 1 42 7 50 579 — — — 1,679 1,839 33 3,551 3,746 — — — 71 86 157 35 5 2 42 12 — — — Total $ 17,248 $ 11,846 $ 3,685 $ 15,531 $ 756 $ 21,028 $ 211 Impaired PNCI Loans - As of, or for the Twelve Months Ended, December 31, 2019 Unpaid principal balance Recorded investment with no related allowance Recorded investment with related allowance Total recorded investment Related allowance Average recorded investment Interest income recognized (in thousands) Mortgage loans on real estate: Residential 1-4 family $ 945 $ 876 $ — $ 876 $ — $ 605 $ Commercial Total mortgage loans on real estate Consumer: Home equity lines of credit Home equity loans Other Total consumer loans Commercial Construction: Residential Commercial Total construction 2,405 3,350 862 159 112 1,133 59 — — — 2,403 3,279 395 20 59 474 — — — — — — 411 118 53 582 51 — — — 2,403 3,279 806 138 112 1,056 51 — — — — — 114 2 12 128 51 — — — 1,935 2,540 905 189 111 1,205 86 — — — 9 146 155 6 — — 6 — — — — Total $ 4,542 $ 3,753 $ 633 $ 4,386 $ 179 $ 3,831 $ 161 75 Table of Contents (in thousands) Mortgage loans on real estate: Residential 1-4 family Commercial Total mortgage loans on real estate Consumer: Home equity lines of credit Home equity loans Other Total consumer loans Commercial Construction: Residential Commercial Total construction Impaired Originated Loans - As of, or for the Twelve Months Ended, December 31, 2018 Unpaid principal balance Recorded investment with no related allowance Recorded investment with related allowance Total recorded investment Related allowance Average recorded investment Interest income recognized $ 4,594 $ 3,663 $ 308 $ 3,971 $ 13,081 17,675 1,900 2,374 3 4,277 5,433 — — — 10,676 14,339 1,749 1,892 — 3,641 2,924 — — — 1,765 2,073 111 65 3 179 2,287 — — — 12,441 16,412 1,860 1,957 3 3,820 5,211 — — — 56 42 98 71 2 3 76 1,774 — — — $ 3,517 $ 13,115 16,632 1,885 1,520 17 3,422 4,654 5 — 5 90 137 227 43 23 2 68 91 — — — Total $ 27,385 $ 20,904 $ 4,539 $ 25,443 $ 1,948 $ 24,713 $ 386 Impaired PNCI Loans - As of, or for the Twelve Months Ended, December 31, 2018 Unpaid principal balance Recorded investment with no related allowance Recorded investment with related allowance Total recorded investment Related allowance Average recorded investment Interest income recognized (in thousands) Mortgage loans on real estate: Residential 1-4 family $ 375 $ 334 $ — $ 334 $ — $ 529 $ Commercial Total mortgage loans on real estate Consumer: Home equity lines of credit Home equity loans Other Total consumer loans Commercial Construction: Residential Commercial Total construction Total 3,110 3,485 1,027 252 106 1,385 120 — — — 1,468 1,802 587 47 21 655 113 — — — — — 367 197 85 649 7 — — — 1,468 1,802 954 244 106 1,304 120 — — — — — 127 101 11 239 7 — — — 1,713 2,242 1,120 155 114 1,389 60 — — — 5 183 188 18 — — 18 1 — — — $ 4,990 $ 2,570 $ 656 $ 3,226 $ 246 $ 3,691 $ 207 76 Table of Contents (in thousands) Mortgage loans on real estate: Impaired Originated Loans - As of, or for the Twelve Months Ended, December 31, 2017 Unpaid principal balance Recorded investment with no related allowance Recorded investment with related allowance Total recorded investment Related allowance Average recorded investment Interest income recognized Residential 1-4 family $ 4,023 $ 2,058 $ 1,881 $ 3,939 $ 230 $ 3,501 $ 14,186 18,209 1,581 1,627 55 3,263 4,566 140 — 140 13,101 15,159 1,093 1,107 4 2,204 575 140 — 140 810 2,691 401 198 3 602 3,895 — — — 13,911 17,850 1,494 1,305 7 2,806 4,470 140 — 140 30 260 111 10 3 124 1,848 — — — 13,851 17,352 1,702 1,193 20 2,915 4,283 76 — 76 143 645 788 47 24 — 71 184 9 — 9 $ 26,178 $ 18,078 $ 7,188 $ 25,266 $ 2,232 $ 24,626 $ 1,052 Impaired PNCI Loans - As of, or for the Twelve Months Ended, December 31, 2017 Unpaid principal balance Recorded investment with no related allowance Recorded investment with related allowance Total recorded investment Related allowance Average recorded investment Interest income recognized Commercial Total mortgage loans on real estate Consumer: Home equity lines of credit Home equity loans Other Total consumer loans Commercial Construction: Residential Commercial Total construction Total (in thousands) Mortgage loans on real estate: Residential 1-4 family $ 1,404 $ 1,359 $ — $ 1,359 $ — $ 1,041 $ Commercial Total mortgage loans on real estate Consumer: Home equity lines of credit Home equity loans Other Total consumer loans Commercial Construction: Residential Commercial Total construction Total — 1,404 1,216 178 250 1,644 — — — — — 1,359 591 44 — 635 — — — — — — 603 121 250 974 — — — — — 1,359 1,194 165 250 1,609 — — — — — — 316 97 54 467 — — — — 979 2,020 1,240 117 186 1,543 — — — — $ 3,048 $ 1,994 $ 974 $ 2,968 $ 467 $ 3,563 $ 24 — 24 48 6 11 65 — — — — 89 Originated loans classified as TDRs and impaired were $7,285,000, $10,253,000 and $12,517,000 at December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. PNCI loans classified as TDRs and impaired were $726,000, $615,000 and $1,352,000 at December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. The Company had no significant obligations to lend additional funds on Originated or PNCI TDRs as of December 31, 2019, 2018, or 2017. 77 Table of Contents The following tables show certain information regarding Troubled Debt Restructurings that occurred during the periods indicated: TDR Information for the Year Ended December 31, 2019 Pre-mod outstanding principal balance Post-mod outstanding principal balance Financial impact due to TDR taken as additional provision Number that defaulted during the period Recorded investment of TDRs that defaulted during the period Financial impact due to the default of previous TDR taken as charge- offs or additional provisions $ 659 $ 662 $ 60 719 65 149 — 214 67 729 68 147 — 215 1,918 1,885 — — — — — — $ 2,851 $ 2,829 $ 30 — 30 — 29 — 29 — — — — 59 — $ — $ — — — — — — 1 — — — 1 $ — — — — — — 7 — — — 7 $ — — — — — — — — — — — — TDR Information for the Year Ended December 31, 2018 Pre-mod outstanding principal balance Post-mod outstanding principal balance Financial impact due to TDR taken as additional provision Number that defaulted during the period Recorded investment of TDRs that defaulted during the period Financial impact due to the default of previous TDR taken as charge- offs or additional provisions $ 156 $ 156 $ 1,782 1,938 133 599 — 732 1,779 1,935 138 599 — 737 1,098 1,083 — — — — — — $ 3,768 $ 3,755 $ — 491 491 — (35) — (35) 325 — — — 781 — $ — $ 1 1 2 — — 2 3 — — — 6 169 169 248 — — 248 148 — — — $ 565 $ — — — — — — — — — — — — 3 2 5 1 2 — 3 10 — — — 18 1 7 8 1 2 — 3 6 — — — 17 (dollars in thousands) Number Mortgage loans on real estate: Residential 1-4 family Commercial Total mortgage loans on real estate Consumer: Home equity lines of credit Home equity loans Other Total consumer loans Commercial Construction: Residential Commercial Total construction Total (dollars in thousands) Number Mortgage loans on real estate: Residential 1-4 family Commercial Total mortgage loans on real estate Consumer: Home equity lines of credit Home equity loans Other Total consumer loans Commercial Construction: Residential Commercial Total construction Total 78 Table of Contents TDR Information for the Year Ended December 31, 2017 Pre-mod outstanding principal balance Post-mod outstanding principal balance Financial impact due to TDR taken as additional provision Number that defaulted during the period Recorded investment of TDRs that defaulted during the period Financial impact due to the default of previous TDR taken as charge- offs or additional provisions 1 8 9 3 1 1 5 11 1 — 1 26 $ 939 $ 939 $ 3,721 4,660 187 252 14 453 3,695 4,634 187 252 14 453 1,854 1,747 144 — 144 144 — 144 169 (111) 58 27 — 11 38 37 — — — $ 7,111 $ 6,978 $ 133 2 1 3 1 1 — 2 — — — 5 $ $ 223 219 442 127 55 — 182 — — — — $ 624 $ — — — (5) — — (5) — — — (5) (dollars in thousands) Number Mortgage loans on real estate: Residential 1-4 family Commercial Total mortgage loans on real estate Consumer: Home equity lines of credit Home equity loans Other Total consumer loans Commercial Construction: Residential Commercial Total construction Total Modifications classified as TDRs can include one or a combination of the following: rate modifications, term extensions, interest only modifications, either temporary or long-term, payment modifications, and collateral substitutions/additions. For all new TDRs, an impairment analysis is conducted. If the loan is determined to be collateral dependent, any additional amount of impairment will be calculated based on the difference between estimated collectible value and the current carrying balance of the loan. This difference could result in an increased provision and is typically charged off. If the asset is determined not to be collateral dependent, the impairment is measured on the net present value difference between the expected cash flows of the restructured loan and the cash flows which would have been received under the original terms. The effect of this could result in a requirement for additional provision to the reserve. The effect of these required provisions for the period are indicated above. Typically if a TDR defaults during the period, the loan is then considered collateral dependent and, if it was not already considered collateral dependent, an appropriate provision will be reserved or charge will be taken. The additional provisions required resulting from default of previously modified TDR’s are noted above. Note 6 – Real Estate Owned A summary of the activity in the balance of real estate owned follows (dollars in thousands): Beginning balance, net Additions/transfers from loans Dispositions/sales Valuation adjustments Ending balance, net Ending valuation allowance Ending number of foreclosed assets Proceeds from sale of real estate owned Gain on sale of real estate owned Year ended December 31, 2019 2018 $ $ $ $ $ 2,280 $ 1,249 (1,090) 102 2,541 $ (139) $ 6 1,336 246 $ $ 3,226 1,262 (2,119) (89) 2,280 (116) 11 2,527 408 At December 31, 2019, the balance of real estate owned includes $1,048,000 of foreclosed residential real estate properties recorded as a result of obtaining physical possession of the property. At December 31, 2019, the recorded investment of consumer mortgage loans secured by residential real estate properties for which formal foreclosure proceedings are underway is $39,000. 79 Table of Contents Note 7 – Premises and Equipment Land and land improvements Buildings Furniture and equipment Less: Accumulated depreciation Construction in progress Total premises and equipment As of December 31, 2019 2018 (In thousands) $ 29,453 $ 65,241 45,723 140,417 (53,704) 86,713 373 29,065 64,478 45,228 138,771 (50,125) 88,646 701 $ 87,086 $ 89,347 Depreciation expense for premises and equipment amounted to $6,472,000, $6,104,000, and $5,686,000 in 2019, 2018, and 2017, respectively. Note 8 – Cash Value of Life Insurance A summary of the activity in the balance of cash value of life insurance follows (dollars in thousands): Beginning balance Acquired policies from business combination Increase in cash value of life insurance Gain on death benefit Insurance proceeds receivable reclassified to other assets Ending balance End of period death benefit Number of policies owned Insurance companies used Current and former employees and directors covered Year ended December 31, 2019 2018 $ 117,318 $ — 3,029 831 (3,355) 97,783 16,817 2,718 — — $ $ 117,823 199,084 $ $ 117,318 200,249 189 14 63 196 14 66 Note 9 – Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets The following table summarizes the Company’s goodwill intangible as of the dates indicated: (in thousands) Goodwill December 31, 2019 Additions Reductions December 31, 2018 $ 220,872 $ — $ (100) $ 220,972 Impairment exists when a Company’s carrying value exceeds its fair value. Goodwill is evaluated for impairment annually. At September 30, 2019, the Company had positive equity and the Company elected to perform a qualitative assessment to determine if it was more likely than not that the fair value of the Company exceeded its carrying value, including goodwill. The qualitative assessment indicated that it was more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying value, resulting in no impairment. For each of the years in the three year period ended December 31, 2019, there were no impairment charges recognized. Reductions in goodwill recorded during the year ended December 31, 2019 were the result of management's refinement of the purchase accounting valuation estimates of certain assets and liabilities associated with the acquisition of FNBB. The following table summarizes the Company’s core deposit intangibles (“CDI”) as of the dates indicated: (in thousands) Core deposit intangibles Accumulated amortization Core deposit intangibles, net December 31, 2019 Additions Reductions/ Amortization December 31, 2018 $ $ 37,163 $ (13,606) 23,557 — $ — — $ (5,723) — $ (5,723) $ 37,163 (7,883) 29,280 80 Table of Contents The Company recorded additions to its CDI of $27,605,000 in conjunction with the FNBB acquisition on July 6, 2018, $2,046,000 in conjunction with the acquisition of three branch offices from Bank of America on March 18, 2016, $6,614,000 in conjunction with the North Valley Bancorp acquisition on October 3, 2014, and $898,000 in conjunction with the Citizens acquisition on September 23, 2011. The following table summarizes the Company’s estimated core deposit intangible amortization (dollars in thousands): Years Ended 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 Thereafter Estimated CDI Amortization $ 5,723 5,465 4,776 4,269 2,482 842 $ 23,557 Note 10 – Mortgage Servicing Rights The following tables summarize the activity in, and the main assumptions used to determine the fair value of mortgage servicing rights for the periods indicated (dollars in thousands): Balance at beginning of period Additions Change in fair value Balance at end of period Contractually specified servicing fees, late fees and ancillary fees earned Balance of loans serviced at: Beginning of period End of period Period end: Weighted-average prepayment speed (CPR) Weighted-average discount rate $ $ $ $ $ Year ended December 31, 2018 2017 2019 7,098 $ 6,687 $ $ $ $ $ 913 (1,811) 6,200 1,917 785,138 767,662 6.2 % 12.0 % $ $ $ $ 557 (146) 7,098 2,038 811,065 785,138 7.6 % 12.0 % 6,595 810 (718) 6,687 2,076 816,623 811,065 8.9 % 13.0 % The changes in fair value of MSRs during 2019 were primarily due to changes in principal balances and mortgage prepayment speeds of the MSRs. The changes in fair value of MSRs during 2018 were primarily due to changes in investor required rate of return, or discount rate, of the MSRs. The changes in fair value of MSRs during 2017 were primarily due to changes in principal balances, changes in mortgage prepayment speeds, and changes in investor required rate of return, or discount rate, of the MSRs. Note 11 - Leases The following table presents the components of lease expense for the period indicated (in thousands): Operating lease cost Short-term lease cost Variable lease cost Sublease income Total lease cost Year ended December 31, 2019 $ $ 5,228 262 (29) (131) 5,330 Prior to the adoption of ASU 2016-2, rent expense under operating leases was $6,348,000 and $5,885,000 for years ended 2018 and 2017, respectively. Rent expense was offset by rent income of $42,000 and $44,000 during the same periods, respectively. 81 Table of Contents The following table presents supplemental cash flow information related to leases for the twelve months ended December 31, 2019 (in thousands): Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities: Operating cash flows for operating leases ROUA obtained in exchange for operating lease liabilities $ $ 4,931 32,162 The following table presents the weighted average operating lease term and discount rate at December 31, 2019: Weighted-average remaining lease term Weighted-average discount rate At December 31, 2019, future expected operating lease payments are as follows (in thousands): Periods ending December 31, 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 Thereafter Discount for present value of expected cash flows Lease liability at December 31, 2019 Note 12 – Deposits A summary of the balances of deposits follows (in thousands): Noninterest-bearing demand Interest-bearing demand Savings Time certificates, $250,000 and over Other time certificates Total deposits 9.3 years 3.2 % 4,388 4,235 3,896 3,216 2,937 13,745 32,417 (4,877) 27,540 $ $ $ December 31, $ 2019 1,832,665 1,242,274 1,851,549 129,061 311,445 2018 1,760,580 1,252,366 1,921,324 132,429 299,767 $ 5,366,994 $ 5,366,466 Certificate of deposit balances of $30,000,000 and $60,000,000 from the State of California were included in time certificates over $250,000 at December 31, 2019 and 2018. The Bank participates in a deposit program offered by the State of California whereby the State may make deposits at the Bank’s request subject to collateral and credit worthiness constraints. The negotiated rates on these State deposits are generally more favorable than other wholesale funding sources available to the Bank. Overdrawn deposit balances of $1,550,000 and $1,469,000 were classified as consumer loans at December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. At December 31, 2019, the scheduled maturities of time deposits were as follows (in thousands): 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 Thereafter Total 82 Scheduled maturities $ 340,150 57,076 38,552 2,798 1,924 6 $ 440,506 Table of Contents Note 13 – Other Borrowings A summary of the balances of other borrowings follows: (in thousands) Other collateralized borrowings, fixed rate, as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 of 0.05%, payable on January 2, 2020 and 2019, respectively Total other borrowings December 31, 2019 2018 $ $ 18,454 18,454 $ $ 15,839 15,839 Other collateralized borrowings are generally overnight maturity borrowings from non-financial institutions that are collateralized by securities owned by the Company. As of December 31, 2019, the Company has pledged as collateral and sold under agreements to repurchase investment securities with fair value of $48,878,000 under these other collateralized borrowings. The Company maintains a collateralized line of credit with the FHLB. Based on the FHLB stock requirements at December 31, 2019, this line provided for maximum borrowings of $2,257,336,000 of which zero was outstanding. As of December 31, 2019, the Company had designated investment securities with a fair value of $160,134,000 and loans totaling $3,070,793,000 as potential collateral under this collateralized line of credit with the FHLB. The Company maintains a collateralized line of credit with the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco (“FRB”). As of December 31, 2019, this line provided for maximum borrowings of $273,395,000 of which none was outstanding. As of December 31, 2019, the Company has designated investment securities with fair value of $10,000 and loans totaling $273,385,000 as potential collateral under this collateralized line of credit with the FRB. The Company has available unused correspondent banking lines of credit from commercial banks totaling $60,000,000 for federal funds transactions at December 31, 2019. Note 14 – Junior Subordinated Debt At December 31, 2019, the Company had five wholly-owned subsidiary business trusts that had issued $62.9 million of trust preferred securities (the “Capital Trusts”). Trust preferred securities accrue and pay distributions periodically at specified annual rates as provided in the indentures. The trusts used the net proceeds from the offering to purchase a like amount of subordinated debentures (the “Debentures”) of the Company. The Debentures are the sole assets of the trusts. The Company’s obligations under the subordinated debentures and related documents, taken together, constitute a full and unconditional guarantee by the Company of the obligations of the trusts. The trust preferred securities are mandatorily redeemable upon the maturity of the Debentures, or upon earlier redemption as provided in the indentures. The Company has the right to redeem the Debentures in whole (but not in part) on or after specific dates, at a redemption price specified in the indentures plus any accrued but unpaid interest to the redemption date. The Company also has a right to defer consecutive payments of interest on the debentures for up to five years. The Company organized two of the Capital Trusts. The Company acquired its three other Capital Trusts and assumed their related Debentures as a result of its acquisition of North Valley Bancorp in 2014. The acquired Debentures were recorded on the Company’s books at their fair values on the acquisition date. The related fair value discounts to face value of these Debentures will be amortized over the remaining period in which their values are fully allowed to be included in the Company's capital ratio calculations using the effective interest method. The recorded book values of the Debentures issued by the Capital Trusts are reflected as junior subordinated debt in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. The common stock issued by the Capital Trusts and owned by the Company is recorded in other assets in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. The recorded book value of the debentures issued by the Capital Trusts, less the recorded book value of the common stock of the Capital Trusts owned by the Company will continue to qualify as Tier 1 or Tier 2 capital under interim guidance issued by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System until only five years remain until their scheduled maturity. The following table summarizes the terms and recorded balance of each subordinated debenture as of the date indicated (dollars in thousands): 83 Table of Contents Subordinated Debt Series Maturity Date Face Value Coupon Rate (Variable) 3 mo. LIBOR + As of December 31, 2019 Current Coupon Rate Recorded Book Value December 31, 2018 Recorded Book Value TriCo Cap Trust I TriCo Cap Trust II North Valley Trust II North Valley Trust III North Valley Trust IV 10/7/2033 $ 7/23/2034 4/24/2033 4/24/2034 3/15/2036 $ 20,619 20,619 6,186 5,155 10,310 62,889 3.05 % 2.55 % 3.25 % 2.80 % 1.33 % 5.04 % $ 20,619 $ 4.48 % 5.16 % 4.73 % 3.22 % 20,619 5,215 4,118 6,661 $ 57,232 $ 20,619 20,619 5,174 4,079 6,551 57,042 Note 15 – Commitments and Contingencies Restricted Cash Balances — Reserves (in the form of deposits with the San Francisco Federal Reserve Bank) of $136,370,000 and $119,317,000 were maintained to satisfy Federal regulatory requirements at December 31, 2019 and 2018. These reserves are included in cash and due from banks in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Financial Instruments with Off-Balance-Sheet Risk — The Company is a party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit, standby letters of credit, and deposit account overdraft privilege. Those instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of risk in excess of the amount recognized in the balance sheet. The contract amounts of those instruments reflect the extent of involvement the Company has in particular classes of financial instruments. The Company’s exposure to loss in the event of nonperformance by the other party to the financial instrument for commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit written is represented by the contractual amount of those instruments. The Company uses the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as it does for on-balance sheet instruments. The Company’s exposure to loss in the event of nonperformance by the other party to the financial instrument for deposit account overdraft privilege is represented by the overdraft privilege amount disclosed to the deposit account holder. The following table presents a summary of the Bank’s commitments and contingent liabilities: (in thousands) Financial instruments whose amounts represent risk: Commitments to extend credit: Commercial loans Consumer loans Real estate mortgage loans Real estate construction loans Standby letters of credit Deposit account overdraft privilege December 31, 2019 2018 $ 363,793 $ 533,576 188,959 222,998 12,014 110,402 306,191 496,575 140,292 248,996 11,346 111,956 Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates of one year or less or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since many of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. The Company evaluates each customer’s credit worthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary by the Company upon extension of credit, is based on Management’s credit evaluation of the customer. Collateral held varies, but may include accounts receivable, inventory, property, plant and equipment, residential properties, and income-producing commercial properties. Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Company to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. Those guarantees are primarily issued to support private borrowing arrangements. Most standby letters of credit are issued for one year or less. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loan facilities to customers. Collateral requirements vary, but in general follow the requirements for other loan facilities. Deposit account overdraft privilege amount represents the unused overdraft privilege balance available to the Company’s deposit account holders who have deposit accounts covered by an overdraft privilege. The Company has established an overdraft privilege for certain of its deposit account products whereby all holders of such accounts who bring their accounts to a positive balance at least once every thirty days 84 Table of Contents receive the overdraft privilege. The overdraft privilege allows depositors to overdraft their deposit account up to a predetermined level. The predetermined overdraft limit is set by the Company based on account type. Legal Proceedings — Neither the Company nor its subsidiaries are a party to any other pending legal proceedings that are material, nor is their property the subject of any other material pending legal proceeding at this time. All other legal proceedings are routine and arise out of the ordinary course of the Bank’s business. None of those proceedings are currently expected to have a material adverse impact upon the Company’s and the Bank’s business, their consolidated financial position nor their operations in any material amount not already accrued, after taking into consideration any applicable insurance. Other Commitments and Contingencies—The Company has entered into employment agreements or change of control agreements with certain officers of the Company providing severance payments and accelerated vesting of benefits under supplemental retirement agreements to the officers in the event of a change in control of the Company and termination for other than cause or after a substantial and material change in the officer’s title, compensation or responsibilities. The Bank owns 13,396 shares of Class B common stock of Visa Inc. which are convertible into Class A common stock at a conversion ratio of 1.6228 per Class B share. As of December 31, 2019, the value of the Class A shares was $187.90 per share. Utilizing the conversion ratio, the value of unredeemed Class A equivalent shares owned by the Bank was $4,085,000 as of December 31, 2019, and has not been reflected in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. The shares of Visa Class B common stock are restricted and may not be transferred. Visa Member Banks are required to fund an escrow account to cover settlements, resolution of pending litigation and related claims. If the funds in the escrow account are insufficient to settle all the covered litigation, Visa may sell additional Class A shares, use the proceeds to settle litigation, and further reduce the conversion ratio. If funds remain in the escrow account after all litigation is settled, the Class B conversion ratio will be increased to reflect that surplus. Mortgage loans sold to investors may be sold with servicing rights retained, with only the standard legal representations and warranties regarding recourse to the Bank. Management believes that any liabilities that may result from such recourse provisions are not significant. Note 16 – Shareholders’ Equity Dividends Paid The Bank paid to the Company cash dividends in the aggregate amounts of $32,669,000, $26,432,000, and $19,236,000 in 2019, 2018, and 2017, respectively. The Bank is regulated by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) and the State of California Department of Business Oversight. Absent approval from the Commissioner of the Department of Business Oversight, California banking laws generally limit the Bank’s ability to pay dividends to the lesser of (1) retained earnings or (2) net income for the last three fiscal years, less cash distributions paid during such period. Under this law, at December 31, 2019, the Bank could have paid dividends of $131,000,000 to the Company without the approval of the Commissioner of the Department of Business Oversight. Stock Repurchase Plan On November 12, 2019 the Board of Directors approved the authorization to repurchase up to 1,525,000 shares of the Company's common stock (the 2019 Repurchase Plan), which approximates 5.0% of the shares outstanding as of the approval date. The actual timing of any share repurchases will be determined by the Company's management and therefore the total value of the shares to be purchased under the program is subject to change. The 2019 Repurchase Plan has no expiration date and as of and for year ended December 31, 2019, the Company has repurchased no shares. In connection with approval of the 2019 Repurchase Plan, the Company’s previous repurchase program adopted on August 21, 2007 (the 2007 Repurchase Plan) was terminated. Under the 2007 Repurchase Plan, as of December 31, 2018, the Company had repurchased 196,566 total shares and during the year ended December 31, 2018, there were 26,966 shares of common stock with a fair value of $968,000 repurchased under this plan. There were no shares of common stock repurchased under the 2007 Repurchase Plan during 2019 or 2017. Stock Repurchased Under Equity Compensation Plans The Company's shareholder-approved equity compensation plans permit employees to tender recently vested shares in lieu of cash for the payment of withholding taxes on such shares. During the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017, employees tendered 115,954, 59,025, and 92,410 shares, respectively, of the Company's common stock in connection with option exercises. Employees also tendered 15,242, 45,964 and 14,980 shares in connection with other share based awards during December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. In total, shares of the Company's common stock tendered had market values of $5,108,000, $3,001,000, and $3,854,000 for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. The tendered shares were retired. The market value of tendered shares is the last market trade price at closing on the day an option is exercised or the other share based award vests. Stock repurchased under equity incentive plans are not included in the total of stock repurchased under the 2019 or 2007 Repurchase Plans. 85 Table of Contents Note 17 – Stock Options and Other Equity-Based Incentive Instruments In April 2019, the Company’s Board of Directors adopted the TriCo Bancshares 2019 Equity Incentive Plan (2019 Plan) covering officers, employees, directors of, and consultants to, the Company. The 2019 Plan was approved by the Company’s shareholders in May 2019. The 2019 Plan allows the Company to issue equity-based incentives representing up to 1,500,000 shares, such as incentive stock options, nonqualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units and performance awards (which could either be restricted stock or restricted stock units) (collectively, Awards). The 2019 Plan contains several enhanced corporate governance provisions, including: expressly providing that executives’ Awards and cash incentive compensation are subject to TriCo’s potential clawback or recoupment if the Company must restate its financial statements; generally imposing a one year minimum vesting period on Awards; generally requiring participants to hold at least 50% of the shares acquired under an Award for at least one year; and clarifying that credit for dividends declared on shares of common stock underlying an Award is subject to the same vesting requirements as the common stock underlying the Award. The number of shares available for issuance under the 2019 Plan will be reduced by: (i) one share for each share of common stock issued pursuant to a stock option; (ii) the total number of stock appreciation rights that are exercised, including any shares of common stock underlying such Awards that are not actually issued to the participant as the result of a net settlement; (iii) two shares for each share of common stock issued pursuant to a performance award, a restricted share Award or an RSU Award and (iv) any shares of common stock used to pay any exercise price or tax withholding obligation with respect to any Award. When Awards made under the 2019 Plan expire or are forfeited or cancelled, the underlying shares will become available for future Awards under the 2019 Plan. To the extent that a share of common stock pursuant to an Award that counted as two shares again becomes available for issuance under the 2019 Plan, the number of shares of common stock available for issuance under the 2019 Plan will increase by two shares. If shares of common stock issued pursuant to the Plan are repurchased by, or are surrendered or forfeited to the Company at no more than cost, then such shares will again be available for the grant of Awards under the Plan. Any shares of common stock repurchased by the Company with cash proceeds from the exercise of options will not, however, be added back to the pool of share available for issuance under the 2019 Plan. Shares awarded and delivered under the 2019 Plan may be authorized but unissued shares or reacquired shares. Shares tendered to TriCo or withheld from delivery to a participant as payment of the exercise price or in connection with the “net exercise” of a stock option or to satisfy TriCo’s tax withholding obligations will not again become available for future Awards under the 2019 Plan. As of December 31, 2019, there were no outstanding options for the purchase of common shares and 59,162 RSUs were outstanding, and 1,315,537 shares remain available for issuance. The 2019 Plan replaced the TriCo Bancshares 2009 Equity Incentive Plan (2009 Plan), which expired on March 26, 2019. As a result of its expiration, no further awards may be issued under the 2009 Plan, though all awards under the 2009 Plan that were outstanding as of its expiration continue to be governed by the terms, conditions and procedures set forth in the 2009 Plan and any applicable award agreement. There were no new grants issued under the 2009 Plan during 2019 and as of December 31, 2019, 160,500 options for the purchase of common shares and 60,747 RSUs were outstanding. Stock option activity is summarized in the following table for the dates indicated: Outstanding at January 1, 2018 Options granted Options exercised Options forfeited Outstanding at December 31, 2018 Options granted Options exercised Options forfeited Outstanding at December 31, 2019 Number of Shares Option Price per Share 446,400 $12.63 to $23.21 $ — — (100,400) $12.63 to $23.21 (3,000) $23.21 343,000 $12.63 to $23.21 — — $ $ $ (182,500) $12.63 to $19.46 $ — — $ 160,500 $12.63 to $23.21 $ Weighted Average Exercise Price 16.84 — 16.97 23.21 16.67 — 16.00 — 17.60 The following table shows the number, weighted-average exercise price, intrinsic value, and weighted average remaining contractual life of options exercisable, options not yet exercisable and total options outstanding as of December 31, 2019: Number of options Weighted average exercise price Intrinsic value (in thousands) Weighted average remaining contractual term (yrs.) Currently Exercisable 160,500 $ $ $ $ 17.60 3,726 2.75 Currently Not Exercisable Total Outstanding 160,500 17.60 3,726 2.75 — — $ — $ 0 All options outstanding as of December 31, 2019 are fully vested. The Company did not modify any option grants during the three year period ended December 31, 2019. 86 Table of Contents The following table shows the total intrinsic value of options exercised, the total fair value of options vested, total compensation costs for options recognized in income, total tax benefit and excess tax benefits recognized in income related to compensation costs for options during the periods indicated: Intrinsic value of options exercised Fair value of options that vested Total compensation costs for options recognized in expense Total tax benefit recognized in income related to compensation costs for options Excess tax benefit recognized in income During 2019, 2018 and 2017, the Company granted no options. $ $ $ $ $ Restricted stock unit activity is summarized in the following table for the dates indicated: Year Ended December 31, 2018 $ 2,109,000 2019 4,169,000 — $ — $ — $ 1,233,000 $ 75,000 75,000 22,000 623,000 2017 2,657,000 259,000 259,000 109,000 600,000 $ $ $ $ $ Outstanding at January 1, 2019 RSUs granted Additional market plus service condition RSUs vested RSUs added through dividend credits RSUs released through vesting RSUs forfeited/expired Outstanding at December 31, 2019 Service Condition Vesting RSUs Market Plus Service Condition Vesting RSUs Number of RSUs Weighted Average Fair Value on Date of Grant Number of RSUs Weighted Average Fair Value on Date of Grant 66,947 35,273 $ 37.41 45,536 22,899 $ 31.60 — 1,314 (33,060) (1,877) 68,597 7,414 — (22,237) (2,300) 51,312 The 68,597 of service condition vesting RSUs outstanding as of December 31, 2019 include a feature whereby each RSU outstanding is credited with a dividend amount equal to any common stock cash dividend declared and paid, and the credited amount is divided by the closing price of the Company’s stock on the dividend payable date to arrive at an additional amount of RSUs outstanding under the original grant. Additional RSUs credited through dividends are subject to the same vesting requirements as the original grant. The 68,597 of service condition vesting RSUs outstanding as of December 31, 2019 are expected to vest, and be released, on a weighted-average basis, over the next 1.3 years. The Company expects to recognize $1,837,304 of pre-tax compensation costs related to these service condition vesting RSUs between December 31, 2019 and their vesting dates. The Company did not modify any service condition vesting RSUs during 2019 or 2018. The 51,312 of market plus service condition vesting RSUs outstanding as of December 31, 2019 are expected to vest, and be released, on a weighted-average basis, over the next 1.6 years. The Company expects to recognize $903,445 of pre-tax compensation costs related to these RSUs between December 31, 2019 and their vesting dates. As of December 31, 2019, the number of market plus service condition vesting RSUs outstanding that will actually vest, and be released, may be reduced to zero or increased to 76,968 depending on the total return of the Company’s common stock versus the total return of an index of bank stocks from the grant date to the vesting date. The Company did not modify any market plus service condition vesting RSUs during 2019 or 2018. The following table shows the compensation costs and excess tax benefits for RSUs recognized in income for the periods indicated: Total compensation costs recognized in income Service condition vesting RSUs Market plus service condition vesting RSUs Excess tax benefit recognized in income Service condition vesting RSUs Market plus service condition vesting RSUs Year Ended December 31, 2018 2017 2019 $ $ $ $ 1,161,237 493,000 141,000 146,000 $ $ $ $ 1,017,000 370,000 104,000 191,000 $ $ $ $ 895,000 432,000 131,000 175,000 87 Table of Contents Note 18 – Non-interest Income and Expense The components of other non-interest income were as follows (in thousands): ATM and interchange fees Service charges on deposit accounts Other service fees Mortgage banking service fees Change in value of mortgage loan servicing rights Total service charges and fees Commissions on sale of non-deposit investment products Increase in cash value of life insurance Gain on sale of loans Lease brokerage income Sale of customer checks Gain on sale of investment securities Gain (loss) on marketable equity securities Other Total other noninterest income Total noninterest income Year Ended December 31, 2018 2017 2019 $ 20,639 $ 18,249 $ 16,657 3,015 1,917 (1,811) 40,417 2,877 3,029 3,282 878 529 110 86 2,312 13,103 15,467 2,852 2,038 (146) 38,460 3,151 2,718 2,371 678 449 207 (64) 1,091 10,601 $ 53,520 $ 49,061 $ 16,727 16,056 3,282 2,076 (718) 37,423 2,729 2,685 3,109 782 372 961 — 1,391 12,029 49,452 Mortgage banking servicing fees, net of change in value of mortgage loan servicing rights, totaling $106,000, $1,892,000, and $1,358,000 were recorded within service charges and fees for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017, respectively. The components of noninterest expense were as follows (in thousands): Base salaries, net of deferred loan origination costs Incentive compensation Benefits and other compensation costs Total salaries and benefits expense Occupancy Data processing and software Equipment ATM and POS network charges Merger and acquisition expense Advertising Professional fees Intangible amortization Telecommunications Regulatory assessments and insurance Courier service Operational losses Postage Gain on sale of real estate owned Loss on disposal of fixed assets Other miscellaneous expense Total other noninterest expense Total noninterest expense 88 Year Ended December 31, 2018 2017 2019 $ $ 70,218 13,106 22,741 106,065 14,893 13,517 7,022 5,447 — 5,633 3,754 5,723 3,190 1,188 1,308 986 1,258 (246) 82 15,637 79,392 185,457 $ $ 62,422 11,147 20,373 93,942 12,139 11,021 6,651 5,271 5,227 4,578 3,546 3,499 3,023 1,906 1,287 1,260 1,154 (408) 185 14,191 74,530 168,472 $ $ 54,589 9,227 19,114 82,930 10,894 10,448 7,141 4,752 530 4,101 3,745 1,389 2,713 1,676 1,035 1,394 1,296 (711) 142 12,980 63,525 146,455 Table of Contents Note 19 – Income Taxes The components of consolidated income tax expense are as follows (in thousands): Current tax expense Federal State Deferred tax expense Federal State Total tax expense Year Ended December 31, 2018 2017 2019 $ $ 20,403 $ 13,109 $ 12,655 33,058 695 997 1,692 9,323 22,432 1,842 758 2,600 $ 34,750 $ 25,032 $ 17,835 6,650 24,485 11,418 1,055 12,473 36,958 A deferred tax asset or liability is recognized for the tax consequences of temporary differences in the recognition of revenue and expense for financial and tax reporting purposes. The net change during the year in the deferred tax asset or liability results in a deferred tax expense or benefit. On December 22, 2017, President Donald Trump signed into law “H.R.1”, commonly known as the “Tax Cuts and Jobs Act”, which among other items reduced the Federal corporate tax rate from 35% to 21%. The Company’s deferred tax expense as of December 31, 2017 included $7,416,000 from the re-measurement of deferred taxes and $226,000 from an acceleration of amortization expense on the low income housing tax credit investments. The Company recognized, as components of tax expense, tax credits and other tax benefits, and amortization expense relating to our investments in Qualified Affordable Housing Projects as follows for the periods indicated (in thousands): Tax credits and other tax benefits – decrease in tax expense Amortization – increase in tax expense Year Ended December 31, 2018 2017 2019 $ $ (2,546) $ 2,705 $ (1,993) $ 1,814 $ (1,753) 1,611 The carrying value of Low Income Housing Tax Credit Funds was $28,480,000 and $23,885,000 as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. As of December 31, 2019, the Company has committed to make additional capital contributions to the Low Income Housing Tax Credit Funds in the amount of $13,137,000, and these contributions are expected to be made over the next several years. The provisions for income taxes applicable to income before taxes for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 differ from amounts computed by applying the statutory Federal income tax rates to income before taxes. The effective tax rate and the statutory federal income tax rate are reconciled as follows: Federal statutory income tax rate State income taxes, net of federal tax benefit Tax Cuts and Jobs Act impact of federal rate change Tax-exempt interest on municipal obligations Tax-exempt life insurance related income Low income housing tax credits Low income housing tax credit amortization Equity compensation Non-deductible merger expenses Other Effective Tax Rate Year Ended December 31, 2018 2017 2019 21.0 % 21.0 % 35.0 % 7.9 — (0.7) (0.6) (2.3) 2.1 (0.4) — 0.4 8.6 — (1.0) (0.6) (2.2) 2.0 (0.4) 0.2 (0.8) 6.9 9.6 (1.9) (1.3) (2.3) 2.1 (1.1) 0.2 0.5 27.4 % 26.8 % 47.7 % 89 Table of Contents The temporary differences, tax effected, which give rise to the Company’s net deferred tax asset recorded in other assets are as follows as of December 31 for the years indicated (in thousands): Deferred tax assets: Allowance for losses and reserve for unfunded commitments $ 9,871 $ 10,394 December 31, 2019 2018 Deferred compensation Accrued pension liability Other accrued expenses Additional unfunded status of the supplemental retirement plans Operating lease liability State taxes Share based compensation Nonaccrual interest Acquisition cost basis Unrealized loss on securities Tax credits Net operating loss carryforwards Other Total deferred tax assets Deferred tax liabilities: Securities income Depreciation Right of use asset Merger related fixed asset valuations Securities accretion Mortgage servicing rights valuation Unrealized gain on securities Core deposit intangible Junior subordinated debt Prepaid expenses and other Total deferred tax liability Net deferred tax asset 2,342 3,309 1,678 9,868 8,142 2,441 803 649 4,556 — 576 1,578 348 46,161 (762) (6,109) (8,242) (30) (560) (1,813) (1,001) (6,453) (1,672) (469) 2,780 9,734 1,175 1,420 — 1,864 1,132 814 6,714 6,201 623 2,442 423 45,716 (1,020) (5,572) — (26) (426) (2,073) — (8,234) (1,729) (582) (27,111) $ 19,050 $ (19,662) 26,054 As part of the merger with FNB Bancorp in 2019 and North Valley Bancorp in 2014, TriCo acquired federal and state net operating loss carryforwards, capital loss carryforwards, and tax credit carryforwards. These tax attribute carryforwards will be subject to provisions of the tax law that limit the use of such losses and credits generated by a company prior to the date certain ownership changes occur. The amount of the Company’s net operating loss carryforwards that would be subject to these limitations as of December 31, 2019 were none for federal and $18,590,000 for California. The amount of the Company’s tax credits that would be subject to these limitations as of December 31, 2019 are $63,000 and $648,000 for federal and California, respectively. Due to the limitation, a significant portion of the state tax credits will expire regardless of whether the Company generates future taxable income. As such, the Company has recorded the future benefit of these tax credits on the books at the value which is more likely than not to be realized. These tax loss and tax credit carryforwards expire at various dates beginning in 2019. The Company believes that a valuation allowance is not needed to reduce the deferred tax assets as it is more likely than not that the results of future operations will generate sufficient taxable income to realize the deferred tax assets, including the tax attribute carryforwards acquired as part of the FNB Bancorp and North Valley Bancorp merger. Disclosure of unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2019 and 2018 were not considered significant for disclosure purposes. Management does not expect the unrecognized tax benefit will materially change in the next 12 months. During the years ended December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018 the Company did not recognize and significant amounts related to interest and penalties associated with taxes. The Company files income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction, and California. With few exceptions, the Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal and state/local income tax examinations by tax authorities for years before 2016 and 2015, respectively. 90 Table of Contents Note 20 – Earnings per Share Earnings per share have been computed based on the following: (in thousands) Net income Average number of common shares outstanding Effect of dilutive stock options and restricted stock Average number of common shares outstanding used to calculate diluted earnings per share Options excluded from diluted earnings per share because the effect of these options was antidilutive Year Ended December 31, 2019 2018 2017 $ 92,072 $ 68,320 $ 30,478 167 26,593 287 40,554 22,912 338 30,645 26,880 23,250 — 10,056 — Note 21 – Comprehensive Income Accounting principles generally require that recognized revenue, expenses, gains and losses be included in net income. Although certain changes in assets and liabilities, such as unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale securities, are reported as a separate component of the equity section of the balance sheet, such items, along with net income, are components of comprehensive income. The components of other comprehensive income and related tax effects are as follows: (in thousands) Unrealized holding gains (losses) on available for sale securities before reclassifications $ Amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income: Year Ended December 31, 2018 2017 2019 24,471 $ (17,057) $ 6,422 Realized gains on debt securities Adoption ASU 2016-01 Adoption ASU 2018-02 Total amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income Unrealized holding gains (losses) on available for sale securities after reclassifications Tax effect Unrealized holding gains (losses) on available for sale securities, net of tax Change in unfunded status of the supplemental retirement plans before reclassifications Amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income: Amortization of prior service cost Amortization of actuarial losses Adoption ASU 2018-02 Total amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income Change in unfunded status of the supplemental retirement plans after reclassifications Tax effect Change in unfunded status of the supplemental retirement plans, net of tax Change in joint beneficiary agreement liability before reclassifications Tax effect Change in unfunded status of the supplemental retirement plans, net of tax (110) — — (110) 24,361 (7,202) 17,159 (6,745) (54) 408 — 354 (6,391) 1,889 (4,502) — — — (207) 62 (425) (570) (17,627) 5,193 (12,434) (961) — — (961) 5,461 (2,296) 3,165 762 (1,016) (54) 510 (668) (212) 550 (162) 388 426 — 426 (12) 390 — 378 (638) 268 (370) (110) — (110) 2,685 Total other comprehensive income (loss) $ 12,657 $ (11,620) $ 91 Table of Contents The components of accumulated other comprehensive income, included in shareholders’ equity, are as follows: (in thousands) Net unrealized gain (loss) on available for sale securities Tax effect Unrealized holding loss on available for sale securities, net of tax Unfunded status of the supplemental retirement plans Tax effect Unfunded status of the supplemental retirement plans, net of tax Joint beneficiary agreement liability, net of tax Year Ended December 31, 2019 2018 $ 3,387 (1,001) 2,386 (11,193) 3,309 (7,884) 276 (20,974) 6,201 (14,773) (4,802) 1,420 (3,382) 276 Accumulated other comprehensive loss $ (5,222) $ (17,879) Note 22 – Retirement Plans 401(k) Plan The Company sponsors a 401(k) Plan whereby substantially all employees age 21 and over with 90 days of service may participate. Participants may contribute a portion of their compensation subject to certain limits based on federal tax laws. Prior to July 1, 2015, the Company did not contribute to the 401(k) Plan. Effective July 1, 2015, the Company initiated a discretionary matching contribution equal to 50% of participant’s elective deferrals each quarter, up to 4% of eligible compensation. The Company recorded salaries & benefits expense attributable to the 401(k) Plan matching contributions and 401(k) Plan matching contributions for the years ended: (in thousands) 401(k) Plan benefits expense 401(k) Plan contributions made by the Company Employee Stock Ownership Plan Year Ended December 31, 2018 2017 2019 $ $ 1,119 1,003 $ $ 879 872 $ $ 776 767 Substantially all employees with at least one year of service are covered by a discretionary employee stock ownership plan (ESOP). Company shares owned by the ESOP are paid dividends and included in the calculation of earnings per share as common shares outstanding. Contributions are made to the plan at the discretion of the Board of Directors. Expenses related to the Company’s ESOP, included in benefits and other compensation costs under salaries and benefits expense, and contributions to the plan for the years ended were: (in thousands) ESOP benefits expense ESOP contributions made by the Company Deferred Compensation Plans Year Ended December 31, 2018 2017 2019 $ $ 2,500 1,875 $ $ 1,887 1,952 $ $ 2,149 2,073 The Company has deferred compensation plans for certain directors and key executives, which allow certain directors and key executives designated by the Board of Directors of the Company to defer a portion of their compensation. The Company has purchased insurance on the lives of certain of the participants and intends to hold these policies until death as a cost recovery of the Company’s deferred compensation obligations of $7,923,000 and $9,402,000 at December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. Earnings credits on deferred balances included in non-interest expense are included in the following table: (in thousands) Deferred compensation earnings credits included in non-interest expense Year Ended December 31, 2018 2017 2019 $ 363 $ 462 $ 478 Supplemental Retirement Plans The Company has supplemental retirement plans for certain directors and key executives. These plans are non-qualified defined benefit plans and are unsecured and unfunded. The Company has purchased insurance on the lives of the participants and intends to hold these policies until death as a cost recovery of the Company’s retirement obligations. The cash values of the insurance policies purchased to fund the deferred compensation obligations and the supplemental retirement obligations were $117,823,000 and $117,318,000 at December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. The Company recorded in other liabilities the additional unfunded status of the supplemental retirement plans of $11,193,000 and $4,802,000 related to the supplemental retirement plans as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. These amounts represent the amount by which the projected benefit obligations for these retirement plans exceeded the fair value of plan assets plus amounts previously accrued related to the plans. The projected benefit obligation is recorded in other liabilities. 92 Table of Contents At December 31, 2019 and 2018, the additional unfunded status of the supplemental retirement plans of $11,193,000 and $4,802,000 were offset by a reduction of shareholders’ equity accumulated other comprehensive loss of $7,884,000 and $3,382,000, respectively, representing the after-tax impact of the additional unfunded status of the supplemental retirement plans, and the related deferred tax asset of $3,309,000 and $1,420,000, respectively. Amounts recognized as a component of accumulated other comprehensive loss as of year-end that have not been recognized as a component of the combined net period benefit cost of the Company’s defined benefit pension plans are presented in the following table. The Company expects to recognize approximately $2,984,000 of the net actuarial loss reported in the following table as of December 31, 2019 as a component of net periodic benefit cost during 2020. (in thousands) Transition obligation Prior service cost Net actuarial loss Amount included in accumulated other comprehensive loss Deferred tax benefit December 31, 2019 2018 $ 1 $ (141) 11,333 11,193 (3,309) 3 (194) 4,993 4,802 (1,420) 3,382 Amount included in accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax $ 7,884 $ Information pertaining to the activity in the supplemental retirement plans, using a measurement date of December 31, is as follows: (in thousands) Change in benefit obligation: Benefit obligation at beginning of year Service cost Interest cost Actuarial (loss)/gain Plan amendments Benefits paid Benefit obligation at end of year Change in plan assets: Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year Fair value of plan assets at end of year Funded status Unrecognized net obligation existing at January 1, 1986 Unrecognized net actuarial loss Unrecognized prior service cost Accumulated other comprehensive income Accrued benefit cost Accumulated benefit obligation December 31, 2019 2018 $ (29,196) $ (28,472) (879) (1,131) (6,747) — 1,216 (973) (949) 92 — 1,106 (36,737) $ (29,196) — $ — $ — — (36,737) $ (29,196) 1 11,333 (141) (11,193) (36,737) $ (35,981) $ 3 4,993 (194) (4,802) (29,196) (27,544) $ $ $ $ $ $ The following table sets forth the net periodic benefit cost recognized for the supplemental retirement plans: (in thousands) Net pension cost included the following components: Service cost-benefits earned during the period Interest cost on projected benefit obligation Amortization of net obligation at transition Amortization of prior service cost Recognized net actuarial loss Net periodic pension cost The following table sets forth assumptions used in accounting for the plans: Year Ended December 31, 2018 2017 2019 $ 879 $ 1,131 2 (54) 408 $ 973 949 2 (54) 510 941 991 2 (12) 390 $ 2,366 $ 2,380 $ 2,312 93 Table of Contents Discount rate used to calculate benefit obligation Discount rate used to calculate net periodic pension cost Average annual increase in executive compensation Average annual increase in director compensation Year Ended December 31, 2018 2017 2019 2.82 % 3.96 % 3.25 % — % 3.96 % 3.40 % 3.25 % — % 3.40 % 3.80 % 3.25 % — % The following table sets forth the expected benefit payments to participants and estimated contributions to be made by the Company under the supplemental retirement plans for the years indicated: 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025-2029 Expected Benefit Payments to Participants Estimated Company Contributions $ (in thousands) 1,555 $ 2,128 2,179 2,179 2,191 10,956 1,555 2,128 2,179 2,179 2,193 10,956 Note 23 – Related Party Transactions Certain directors, officers, and companies with which they are associated were customers of, and had banking transactions with, the Company or the Bank in the ordinary course of business. The following table summarizes the activity in these loans for the periods indicated (in thousands): Balance January 1, 2017 Advances/new loans Removed/payments Balance December 31, 2018 Advances/new loans Removed/payments Balance December 31, 2019 $ $ 2,148 8,854 (1,799) 9,203 9,032 (8,114) 10,121 Deposits of directors, officers and other related parties to the Bank totaled $41,647,000 and $43,881,000 at December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. Note 24 – Fair Value Measurement The Company utilizes fair value measurements to record fair value adjustments to certain assets and liabilities and to determine fair value disclosures. In estimating fair value, the Company utilizes valuation techniques that are consistent with the market approach, income approach, and/or the cost approach. Inputs to valuation techniques include the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability including assumptions about the risk inherent in a particular valuation technique, the effect of a restriction on the sale or use of an asset and the risk of nonperformance. Securities available-for-sale and mortgage servicing rights are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. Additionally, from time to time, the Company may be required to record at fair value other assets on a nonrecurring basis, such as loans held for sale, loans held for investment and certain other assets. These nonrecurring fair value adjustments typically involve application of lower of cost or market accounting or impairment write-downs of individual assets. The Company groups assets and liabilities at fair value in three levels, based on the markets in which the assets and liabilities are traded and the observable nature of the assumptions used to determine fair value. These levels are: Level 1 — Valuation is based upon quoted prices for identical instruments traded in active markets. Level 2 — Valuation is based upon quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active, and model-based valuation techniques for which all significant assumptions are observable in the market. 94 Table of Contents Level 3 — Valuation is generated from model-based techniques that use at least one significant assumption not observable in the market. These unobservable assumptions reflect estimates of assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability. Valuation techniques include use of option pricing models, discounted cash flow models and similar techniques. Securities available for sale—Securities available for sale are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. Fair value measurement is based upon quoted prices, if available. If quoted prices are not available, fair values are measured using independent pricing models or other model- based valuation techniques such as the present value of future cash flows, adjusted for the security’s credit rating, prepayment assumptions and other factors such as credit loss assumptions. Level 1 securities include those traded on an active exchange, such as the New York Stock Exchange, U.S. Treasury securities that are traded by dealers or brokers in active over-the-counter markets and money market funds. Level 2 securities include mortgage-backed securities issued by government sponsored entities, municipal bonds and corporate debt securities. The Company had no securities classified as Level 3 during any of the periods covered in these financial statements. Loans held for sale—Loans held for sale are carried at the lower of cost or fair value. The fair value of loans held for sale is based on what secondary markets are currently offering for loans with similar characteristics. As such, we classify those loans subjected to nonrecurring fair value adjustments as Level 2. Impaired originated and PNCI loans—Originated and PNCI loans are not recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. However, from time to time, an originated or PNCI loan is considered impaired and an allowance for loan losses is established. Originated and PNCI loans for which it is probable that payment of interest and principal will not be made in accordance with the contractual terms of the loan agreement are considered impaired. The fair value of an impaired originated or PNCI loan is estimated using one of several methods, including collateral value, fair value of similar debt, enterprise value, liquidation value and discounted cash flows. Those impaired originated and PNCI loans not requiring an allowance represent loans for which the fair value of the expected repayments or collateral exceed the recorded investments in such loans. Impaired originated and PNCI loans where an allowance is established based on the fair value of collateral require classification in the fair value hierarchy. When the fair value of the collateral is based on an observable market price or a current appraised value which uses substantially observable data, the Company records the impaired originated or PNCI loan as nonrecurring Level 2. When an appraised value is not available or management determines the fair value of the collateral is further impaired below the appraised value, or the appraised value contains a significant unobservable assumption, such as deviations from comparable sales, and there is no observable market price, the Company records the impaired originated or PNCI loan as nonrecurring Level 3. Foreclosed assets—Foreclosed assets include assets acquired through, or in lieu of, loan foreclosure. Foreclosed assets are held for sale and are initially recorded at fair value at the date of foreclosure, establishing a new cost basis. Subsequent to foreclosure, management periodically performs valuations and the assets are carried at the lower of carrying amount or fair value less cost to sell. When the fair value of foreclosed assets is based on an observable market price or a current appraised value which uses substantially observable data, the Company records the impaired originated loan as nonrecurring Level 2. When an appraised value is not available or management determines the fair value of the collateral is further impaired below the appraised value, or the appraised value contains a significant unobservable assumption, such as deviations from comparable sales, and there is no observable market price, the Company records the foreclosed asset as nonrecurring Level 3. Revenue and expenses from operations and changes in the valuation allowance are included in other non-interest expense. Mortgage servicing rights—Mortgage servicing rights are carried at fair value. A valuation model, which utilizes a discounted cash flow analysis using a discount rate and prepayment speed assumptions is used in the computation of the fair value measurement. While the prepayment speed assumption is currently quoted for comparable instruments, the discount rate assumption currently requires a significant degree of management judgment and is therefore considered an unobservable input. As such, the Company classifies mortgage servicing rights subjected to recurring fair value adjustments as Level 3. Additional information regarding mortgage servicing rights can be found in Note 10 in the consolidated financial statements at Item 1 of this report. The table below presents the recorded amount of assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis (in thousands): Fair value at December 31, 2019 Marketable equity securities Debt securities available for sale: Obligations of U.S. government agencies Obligations of states and political subdivisions Corporate bonds Asset backed securities Loans held for sale Mortgage servicing rights Total assets measured at fair value Total Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 $ 2,960 $ 2,960 $ — $ 472,980 109,601 2,532 365,025 5,265 6,200 — — — — — — 472,980 109,601 2,532 365,025 5,265 — $ 964,563 $ 2,960 $ 955,403 $ — — — — — — 6,200 6,200 95 Table of Contents Fair value at December 31, 2018 Marketable equity securities Debt securities available for sale: Obligations of U.S. government agencies Obligations of states and political subdivisions Corporate bonds Asset backed securities Loans held for sale Mortgage servicing rights Total Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 $ 2,874 $ 2,874 $ — $ 629,981 126,072 4,478 354,505 3,687 7,098 — — — — — — 629,981 126,072 4,478 354,505 3,687 — — — — — — — 7,098 7,098 Total assets measured at fair value $ 1,128,695 $ 2,874 $ 1,118,723 $ Transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy are recognized on the actual date of the event or circumstances that caused the transfer, which generally corresponds with the Company’s quarterly valuation process. There were no transfers between any levels during 2019 or 2018. The following table provides a reconciliation of assets and liabilities measured at fair value using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) on a recurring basis during the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017. Had there been any transfer into or out of Level 3 during 2019, 2018, or 2017, the amount included in the “Transfers into (out of) Level 3” column would represent the beginning balance of an item in the period (interim quarter) during which it was transferred (in thousands): Year ended December 31, 2019: Mortgage servicing rights 2018: Mortgage servicing rights 2017: Mortgage servicing rights Beginning Balance Transfers into (out of) Level 3 Change Included in Earnings Issuances Ending Balance $ $ $ 7,098 6,687 6,595 — $ — $ — $ (1,811) $ (146) $ (718) $ 913 557 810 $ $ $ 6,200 7,098 6,687 The Company’s method for determining the fair value of mortgage servicing rights is described in Note 1. The key unobservable inputs used in determining the fair value of mortgage servicing rights are mortgage prepayment speeds and the discount rate used to discount cash projected cash flows. Generally, any significant increases in the mortgage prepayment speed and discount rate utilized in the fair value measurement of the mortgage servicing rights will result in a negative fair value adjustments (and decrease in the fair value measurement). Conversely, a decrease in the mortgage prepayment speed and discount rate will result in a positive fair value adjustment (and increase in the fair value measurement). Note 10 contains additional information regarding mortgage servicing rights. The following table presents quantitative information about recurring Level 3 fair value measurements at December 31, 2019 and 2018: December 31, 2019 Mortgage Servicing Rights December 31, 2018 Mortgage Servicing Rights Fair Value (in thousands) $6,200 $7,098 Valuation Technique Discounted cash flow Unobservable Inputs Constant prepayment rate Range, Weighted Average 5.0%-27.3%, 7.6% Discount rate 12%-13%, 12% Discounted cash flow Constant prepayment rate 6.2%-42.0%, 11.0% Discount rate 10.0%-14.0%, 12.0% The tables below present the recorded amount of assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis, as of the dates indicated, that had a write-down or an additional allowance provided during the periods indicated (in thousands): Year ended December 31, 2019 Fair value: Impaired Originated & PNCI loans Real estate owned Total assets measured at fair value Total Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total Gains (Losses) $ $ 1,055 417 1,472 — — — — $ — — $ 1,055 $ 417 1,472 $ (652) (27) (679) 96 Table of Contents Year ended December 31, 2018 Fair value: Impaired Originated & PNCI loans Real estate owned Total assets measured at fair value Total Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total Gains (Losses) $ $ 281 1,311 1,592 — — — — $ — — $ 281 $ 1,311 1,592 $ (294) (8) (302) The impaired Originated and PNCI loan amount above represents impaired, collateral dependent loans that have been adjusted to fair value. When we identify a collateral dependent loan as impaired, we measure the impairment using the current fair value of the collateral, less selling costs. Depending on the characteristics of a loan, the fair value of collateral is generally estimated by obtaining external appraisals. If we determine that the value of the impaired loan is less than the recorded investment in the loan, we recognize this impairment and adjust the carrying value of the loan to fair value through the allowance for loan and lease losses. The loss represents charge-offs or impairments on collateral dependent loans for fair value adjustments based on the fair value of collateral. The carrying value of loans fully charged-off is zero. The foreclosed assets amount above represents impaired real estate that has been adjusted to fair value. Foreclosed assets represent real estate which the Bank has taken control of in partial or full satisfaction of loans. At the time of foreclosure, other real estate owned is recorded at fair value less costs to sell, which becomes the property’s new basis. Any write-downs based on the asset’s fair value at the date of acquisition are charged to the allowance for loan and lease losses. After foreclosure, management periodically performs valuations such that the real estate is carried at the lower of its new cost basis or fair value, net of estimated costs to sell. Fair value adjustments on other real estate owned are recognized within net loss on real estate owned. The loss represents impairments on non-covered other real estate owned for fair value adjustments based on the fair value of the real estate. The Company’s property appraisals are primarily based on the sales comparison approach and income approach methodologies, which consider recent sales of comparable properties, including their income generating characteristics, and then make adjustments to reflect the general assumptions that a market participant would make when analyzing the property for purchase. These adjustments may increase or decrease an appraised value and can vary significantly depending on the location, physical characteristics and income producing potential of each property. Additionally, the quality and volume of market information available at the time of the appraisal can vary from period to period and cause significant changes to the nature and magnitude of comparable sale adjustments. Given these variations, comparable sale adjustments are generally not a reliable indicator for how fair value will increase or decrease from period to period. Under certain circumstances, management discounts are applied based on specific characteristics of an individual property. The following table presents quantitative information about Level 3 fair value measurements for financial instruments measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis at December 31, 2019 and 2018: December 31, 2019 Impaired Originated & PNCI loans Fair Value (in thousands) 1,055 $ Real estate owned (Residential) $ 417 Valuation Technique Sales comparison approach Income approach Sales comparison approach Unobservable Inputs Adjustment for differences between comparable sales; Capitalization rate Adjustment for differences between comparable sales Range, Weighted Average Not meaningful; N/A Not meaningful; N/A December 31, 2018 Impaired Originated & PNCI loans Real estate owned (Residential) Real estate owned (Commercial) Fair Value (in thousands) 281 $ $ $ 693 618 Valuation Technique Sales comparison approach Income approach Sales comparison approach Sales comparison approach Unobservable Inputs Adjustment for differences between comparable sales Capitalization rate Adjustment for differences between comparable sales Adjustment for differences between comparable sales Range, Weighted Average (74%)—23%; (19.76%) N/A (47%)—39%; (3.13%) (84%)—19%; (84%) The estimated fair values of financial instruments that are reported at amortized cost in the Corporation’s consolidated balance sheets, segregated by the level of the valuation inputs within the fair value hierarchy utilized to measure fair value, were as follows (in thousands): 97 Table of Contents Financial assets: Level 1 inputs: December 31, 2019 December 31, 2018 Carrying Amount Fair Value Carrying Amount Fair Value Cash and due from banks Cash at Federal Reserve and other banks $ 92,816 $ 92,816 $ 119,781 $ 183,691 183,691 107,752 Level 2 inputs: Securities held to maturity Restricted equity securities Level 3 inputs: Loans, net Financial liabilities: Level 2 inputs: Deposits Other borrowings Level 3 inputs: 119,781 107,752 437,370 N/A 375,606 17,250 381,525 N/A 444,936 17,250 4,276,750 4,263,064 3,989,432 4,006,986 5,366,994 5,365,921 5,366,466 5,362,173 18,454 18,454 15,839 15,839 Junior subordinated debt 57,232 56,297 57,042 62,610 Contract Amount Fair Value Contract Amount Fair Value Off-balance sheet: Level 3 inputs: Commitments Standby letters of credit Overdraft privilege commitments $ 1,309,326 $ 13,093 $ 1,192,054 $ 12,014 110,402 120 1,104 11,346 111,956 11,921 113 1,120 98 Table of Contents Note 25 – TriCo Bancshares Condensed Financial Statements (Parent Only) Condensed Balance Sheets Assets Cash and cash equivalents Investment in Tri Counties Bank Other assets Total assets Liabilities and shareholders’ equity Other liabilities Junior subordinated debt Total liabilities Shareholders’ equity: Preferred stock, no par value: 1,000,000 shares authorized, zero issued and outstanding at December 31, 2019 and 2018 Common stock, no par value: authorized 50,000,000 shares; issued and outstanding 30,523,824 and 30,417,223 shares at December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively Retained earnings Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net Total shareholders’ equity Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity Condensed Statements of Income Interest expense Administration expense Loss before equity in net income of Tri Counties Bank Equity in net income of Tri Counties Bank: Distributed Undistributed Income tax benefit Net income Condensed Statements of Comprehensive Income December 31, 2019 December 31, 2018 (In thousands) $ $ $ 5,008 $ 957,544 1,765 2,374 880,907 1,723 964,317 $ 885,004 515 $ 57,232 57,747 589 57,042 57,631 — — 543,998 367,794 (5,222) 906,570 $ 964,317 $ 541,762 303,490 (17,879) 827,373 885,004 2019 Year Ended December 31, 2018 (In thousands) 2017 $ (3,272) $ (3,131) $ (877) (4,149) 32,669 62,326 1,226 (1,489) (4,620) 26,432 45,315 1,193 $ 92,072 $ 68,320 $ (2,535) (915) (3,450) 19,236 23,359 1,409 40,554 2017 40,554 3,165 (370) (110) 2,685 43,239 Net income Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax: $ 2019 Year Ended December 31, 2018 (In thousands) 68,320 $ $ 92,072 Increase (decrease) in unrealized gains on available for sale securities arising during the period Change in minimum pension liability Change in joint beneficiary agreement liablity Other comprehensive income (loss) Comprehensive income 17,159 (4,502) — 12,657 (12,434) 388 426 (11,620) $ 104,729 $ 56,700 $ 99 Table of Contents Condensed Statements of Cash Flows Operating activities: Net income Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities: Undistributed equity in earnings of Tri Counties Bank Equity compensation vesting expense Net change in other assets and liabilities Net cash provided by operating activities Investing activities: None Financing activities: Issuance of common stock through option exercise Repurchase of common stock Cash dividends paid — common Net cash used for financing activities Net change in cash and cash equivalents Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year Cash and cash equivalents at end of year 2019 Year Ended December 31, 2018 (In thousands) 2017 $ 92,072 $ 68,320 $ 40,554 (62,326) 1,654 (1,580) 29,820 9 (2,196) (24,999) (27,186) 2,634 2,374 (45,315) 1,462 (4,983) 19,484 218 (2,483) (18,769) (21,034) (1,550) 3,924 $ 5,008 $ 2,374 $ (23,359) 1,586 (1,295) 17,486 396 (1,629) (15,131) (16,364) 1,122 2,802 3,924 100 Table of Contents Note 26 – Regulatory Matters The Company is subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory, and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Company must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the Company’s assets, liabilities and certain off-balance-sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The Company’s capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings and other factors. Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Company to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set forth in the table below) of total, Tier 1, and common equity Tier 1capital to risk-weighted assets, and of Tier 1 capital to average assets. Management believes as of December 31, 2019, the Company and Bank meet all capital adequacy requirements to which they are subject. Common equity Tier 1 Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets): (dollars in thousands) As of December 31, 2019: Total Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets): Consolidated Tri Counties Bank Tier 1 Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets): Consolidated Tri Counties Bank Consolidated Tri Counties Bank Tier 1 Capital (to Average Assets): Consolidated Tri Counties Bank (dollars in thousands) As of December 31, 2018: Total Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets): Consolidated Tri Counties Bank Tier 1 Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets): Consolidated Tri Counties Bank $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 682,419 680,624 647,262 645,467 Common equity Tier 1 Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets): Consolidated Tri Counties Bank Tier 1 Capital (to Average Assets): Consolidated Tri Counties Bank $ $ $ $ 591,933 645,467 647,262 645,467 Actual Amount Ratio Required for Capital Adequacy Purposes Ratio Amount Required to be Considered Well Capitalized Under Prompt Corrective Action Regulations Amount Ratio $ $ $ $ 753,200 748,660 719,809 715,269 664,296 715,269 719,809 715,269 15.07 % $ 524,944 10.50 % N/A N/A 14.98 % $ 524,759 10.50 % $ 499,770 10.00 % 14.40 % $ 424,955 8.50 % N/A 14.31 % $ 424,805 8.50 % $ 399,816 13.29 % $ 349,963 7.00 % N/A 14.31 % $ 349,839 7.00 % $ 324,851 11.55 % $ 249,343 4.00 % N/A 11.47 % $ 249,337 4.00 % $ 311,672 N/A 8.00 % N/A 6.50 % N/A 5.00 % Actual Amount Ratio Required for Capital Adequacy Purposes Ratio Amount Required to be Considered Well Capitalized Under Prompt Corrective Action Regulations Amount Ratio 14.40 % $ 497,486 10.50 % N/A 14.37 % $ 497,305 10.50 % $ 473,624 13.66 % $ 402,727 8.50 % N/A 13.63 % $ 402,581 8.50 % $ 378,899 12.49 % $ 331,658 7.00 % N/A 13.63 % $ 331,537 7.00 % $ 307,856 10.68 % $ 242,452 4.00 % N/A 10.65 % $ 242,447 4.00 % $ 303,059 N/A 10.00 % N/A 8.00 % N/A 6.50 % N/A 5.00 % 101 Table of Contents Note 27 – Summary of Quarterly Results of Operations (unaudited) The following table sets forth the results of operations for the four quarters of 2019 and 2018, and is unaudited; however, in the opinion of Management, it reflects all adjustments (which include only normal recurring adjustments) necessary to present fairly the summarized results for such periods. December 31, September 30, June 30, March 31, 2019 Quarters Ended (dollars in thousands, except per share data) Interest and dividend income: Loans: Discount accretion All other loan interest income Total loan interest income Debt securities, dividends and interest bearing cash at banks Total interest income Interest expense Net interest income (Benefit from reversal of) provision for loan losses Net interest income after provision for loan losses Noninterest income Noninterest expense Income before income taxes Income tax expense Net income Per common share: Net income (diluted) Dividends (dollars in thousands, except per share data) Interest and dividend income: Loans: Discount accretion All other loan interest income Total loan interest income Debt securities, dividends and interest bearing cash at banks Total interest income Interest expense Net interest income Provision for (benefit from reversal of provision for) loan losses Net interest income after provision for loan losses Noninterest income Noninterest expense Income before income taxes Income tax expense Net income Per common share: Net income (diluted) Dividends $ 2,218 $ 2,360 $ 1,904 $ 54,644 56,862 11,056 67,918 3,722 64,196 54,639 56,999 11,890 68,889 4,201 64,688 (298) (329) 64,494 14,186 46,964 31,716 8,826 65,017 14,108 46,344 32,781 9,386 53,587 55,491 12,689 68,180 3,865 64,315 537 63,778 13,423 46,697 30,504 7,443 22,890 $ 23,395 $ 23,061 $ $ $ $ 0.75 0.22 $ $ 0.76 0.22 $ $ 0.75 0.19 $ $ 0.74 0.19 December 31, September 30, June 30, March 31, 2018 Quarters Ended (638) (236) $ 1,982 $ 2,098 $ 559 $ 53,680 55,662 12,403 68,065 4,063 64,002 806 63,196 12,634 45,285 30,545 7,334 51,004 53,102 11,452 64,554 4,065 60,489 2,651 57,838 12,186 47,378 22,646 6,476 38,745 39,304 9,174 48,478 2,609 45,869 46,507 12,174 37,870 20,811 5,782 23,211 $ 16,170 $ 15,029 $ 0.76 0.19 $ $ 0.53 0.17 $ $ 0.65 0.17 $ $ $ $ $ 102 1,655 52,743 54,398 13,059 67,457 3,587 63,870 (1,600) 65,470 11,803 45,452 31,821 9,095 22,726 632 37,417 38,049 9,072 47,121 2,135 44,986 45,222 12,290 38,162 19,350 5,440 13,910 0.60 0.17 Table of Contents MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING Management of TriCo Bancshares is responsible for establishing and maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting. Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Under the supervision and with the participation of management, including the principal executive officer and principal financial officer, the Company conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting based on the framework in the 2013 Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on this evaluation under the framework in the 2013 Internal Control – Integrated Framework, management of the Company has concluded the Company maintained effective internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Securities Exchange Act of 1934 Rules 13a-15(f), as of December 31, 2019. Internal control over financial reporting cannot provide absolute assurance of achieving financial reporting objectives because of its inherent limitations. Internal control over financial reporting is a process that involves human diligence and compliance and is subject to lapses in judgment and breakdowns resulting from human failures. Internal control over financial reporting can also be circumvented by collusion or improper management override. Because of such limitations, there is a risk that material misstatements may not be prevented or detected on a timely basis by internal control over financial reporting. However, these inherent limitations are known features of the financial reporting process. Therefore, it is possible to design into the process safeguards to reduce, though not eliminate, this risk. Management is also responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of the consolidated financial statements and other financial information contained in this report. The accompanying consolidated financial statements were prepared in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles and include, as necessary, best estimates and judgments by management. In addition to management’s assessment, Moss Adams LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, has audited the Company’s consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2019, and the Company’s effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2019, dated March 2, 2020, as stated in its report, which is included herein. /s/ Richard P. Smith Richard P. Smith President and Chief Executive Officer /s/ Peter G. Wiese Peter G. Wiese Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer March 2, 2020 103 Table of Contents REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM To the Shareholders and the Board of Directors of TriCo Bancshares Opinions on the Financial Statements and Internal Control over Financial Reporting We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of TriCo Bancshares (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the related consolidated statement of income, comprehensive income, changes in shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for the years then ended, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). We also have audited the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2019, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2019, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by COSO. Basis for Opinions The Company’s management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud, and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the consolidated financial statements included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures to respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. Our audits of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions. Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the consolidated financial statements. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. Critical Audit Matters The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current period audit of the consolidated financial statements that was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that (1) relates to accounts or disclosures that are material to the consolidated financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate opinion on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates. 104 Table of Contents Allowance for Loan Losses: As discussed in Note 1 and Note 5 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company’s allowance for loan losses balance was $30,616,000 as of December 31, 2019 and consists of three primary components: (1) the specific allowance, which results from the analysis of identified credits that meet management’s criteria of loans to be reviewed individually to determine the amount of impairment ($941,000); (2) the formula allowance, which is based on the Company’s historical loss experience across its major loan categories ($17,529,000); and (3) the environmental factor allowance, which is intended to absorb losses that may not be provided for by the other components ($12,146,000). The Company’s allowance for loan losses is a material and complex estimate requiring significant management judgment in the evaluation of the credit quality and the estimation of incurred losses inherent within the loan portfolio as of the balance sheet date. In estimating the allowance for loan losses, the Company considers relevant credit quality indicators for each loan segment, stratifies loans by risk rating, and estimates losses for each loan type based upon their nature and risk profile. This process requires significant management judgment in the review of the loan portfolio and assignment of risk ratings based upon the characteristics of loans. In addition, estimation of incurred losses inherent within the portfolio requires significant management judgment, particularly as it relates to the determination of the historical loss periods used, the loss recognition periods used by loan type, and the environmental factors used to estimate losses related to factors that are not captured in the historical loss rates. Auditing these complex judgments and assumptions involves especially challenging auditor judgment due to the nature and extent of audit evidence and effort required to address these matters. The primary procedures we performed to address this critical audit matter included: • • • • • Testing the design, implementation and operating effectiveness of controls relating to management’s calculation of the allowance for loan losses, including controls over the review of loans and assignment of risk ratings, and evaluation of the environmental factors used to estimate losses related to factors that are not captured in historical loss rates. Evaluating the appropriateness of the Company’s loan rating policy and testing the consistency of its application. Testing the completeness and accuracy of the loan data used in the determination of the formula allowance. Evaluating the reasonableness and appropriateness of assumptions and sources of data used by management in forming the qualitative loss factors by analyzing historical data used in developing the assumptions, including assessment of whether there were additional qualitative considerations relevant to the portfolio, performing a retrospective review of historic loan loss experience, and performing a sensitivity analysis to evaluate the assumptions most significant to the estimate. Testing the mathematical accuracy and computation of the allowance for loan losses by re-performing or independently calculating significant elements of the allowance based on relevant source documents. /s/ Moss Adams LLP Sacramento, California March 2, 2020 We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2018. 105 Table of Contents REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM Board of Directors and Shareholders TriCo Bancshares Chico, California Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements In our opinion, the consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in shareholders’ equity and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2017 present fairly, in all material respects the results of operations and cash flows for TriCo Bancshares the year ended December 31, 2017 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Basis for Opinion The Company’s management is responsible for these financial statements. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) ("PCAOB") and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB. We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audit of the financial statements included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audit provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. We served as the Company’s auditor from 2012 through 2018. \s\ Crowe LLP Sacramento, California March 1, 2018 106 Table of Contents ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE None. ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES (a) Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures As of December 31, 2019, the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer evaluated the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934). Based upon that evaluation, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer each concluded that as of December 31, 2019, the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective to ensure that the information required to be disclosed by the Company in this Annual Report on Form 10-K was recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and instructions for Form 10-K. (b) Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting and Attestation Report of Registered Public Accounting Firm Management’s report on internal control over financial reporting is set forth on page 103 of this report and is incorporated herein by reference. The effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2019 has been audited by Moss Adams LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in its report, which is set forth on page 104 and 105 of this report and is incorporated herein by reference. (c) Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting No change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting occurred during the fourth quarter of the year ended December 31, 2019, that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION All information required to be disclosed in a current report on Form 8-K during the fourth quarter of 2019 was so disclosed. 107 Table of Contents PART III ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE The information required by this Item 10 shall either be incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s Proxy Statement for the 2020 annual meeting of shareholders, which will be filed with the Commission pursuant to Regulation 14A or included in an amendment to this Form 10-K. ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION The information required by this Item 11 shall either be incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s Proxy Statement for the 2020 annual meeting of shareholders, which will be filed with the Commission pursuant to Regulation 14A or included in an amendment to this Form 10-K. ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS The information required by this Item 12 shall either be incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s Proxy Statement for the 2020 annual meeting of shareholders, which will be filed with the Commission pursuant to Regulation 14A or included in an amendment to this Form 10-K. ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE The information required by this Item 13 shall either be incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s Proxy Statement for the 2020 annual meeting of shareholders, which will be filed with the Commission pursuant to Regulation 14A or included in an amendment to this Form 10-K. ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES The information required by this Item 14 shall either be incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s Proxy Statement for the 2020 annual meeting of shareholders, which will be filed with the Commission pursuant to Regulation 14A or included in an amendment to this Form 10-K. 108 Table of Contents PART IV ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES (a) Documents filed as part of this report: 1. All Financial Statements. The consolidated financial statements of Registrant are included in Item 8 of this report, and are incorporated herein by reference. 2. Financial statement schedules. Schedules have been omitted because they are not applicable or are not required under the instructions contained in Regulation S-X or because the information required to be set forth therein is included in the consolidated financial statements or notes thereto at Item 8 of this report. 3. Exhibits. The exhibit list required by this item is incorporated by reference to the Exhibit Index filed with this report. (b) Exhibits filed: See Exhibit Index under Item 15(a)(3) above for the list of exhibits required to be filed by Item 601 of regulation S-K with this report. (c) Financial statement schedules filed: See Item 15(a)(2) above. 109 Table of Contents SIGNATURES Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. Date: March 2, 2020 TRICO BANCSHARES By: /s/ Richard P. Smith Richard P. Smith, President and Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant in the capacities and on the dates indicated. Date: March 2, 2020 Date: March 2, 2020 /s/ Richard P. Smith Richard P. Smith, President, Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer) /s/ Peter G. Wiese Peter G. Wiese, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer) Date: March 2, 2020 /s/ Donald J. Amaral Donald J. Amaral, Director Date: March 2, 2020 /s/ Thomas G. Atwood Thomas G. Atwood, Director Date: March 2, 2020 /s/ William J. Casey William J. Casey, Director and Chairman of the Board Date: March 2, 2020 /s/ Craig S. Compton Craig S. Compton, Director Date: March 2, 2020 /s/ L. Gage Chrysler L. Gage Chrysler, Director Date: March 2, 2020 /s/ Kirsten E. Garen Kirsten E. Garen, Director Date: March 2, 2020 /s/ Cory W. Giese Date: March 2, 2020 Cory W. Giese, Director /s/ John S.A. Hasbrook John S.A. Hasbrook, Director Date: March 2, 2020 /s/ Margaret L. Kane Margaret L. Kane, Director Date: March 2, 2020 /s/ Michael W. Koehnen Michael W. Koehnen, Director Date: March 2, 2020 /s/ Martin A. Mariani Martin A. Mariani, Director Date: March 2, 2020 /s/ Thomas C. McGraw Thomas C. McGraw, Director Date: March 2, 2020 /s/ Kimberley H. Vogel Kimberley H. Vogel, Director Date: March 2, 2020 /s/ W. Virginia Walker W. Virginia Walker, Director 110 Table of Contents Exhibit No. 2.1 2.2 3.1 3.2 4.1 4.2 10.1* 10.2* 10.3* 10.4* 10.5* 10.6* 10.7* 10.8* 10.9* 10.10* 10.11* 10.12* 10.13* 10.14* 10.15* EXHIBIT INDEX Exhibit Agreement and Plan of Merger and Reorganization, dated as of January 21, 2014 by and between TriCo Bancshares and North Valley Bancorp (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to TriCo’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 21, 2014). Agreement and Plan of Reorganization dated as of December 11, 2017, by and between TriCo Bancshares and FNB Bancorp (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to TriCo’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 11, 2017). Restated Articles of Incorporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to TriCo’s Current Report on Form 8- K filed on March 17, 2009). Bylaws of TriCo, as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to TriCo’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed February 17, 2011). Instruments defining the rights of holders of the long-term debt securities of the TriCo and its subsidiaries are omitted pursuant to section (b)(4)(iii)(A) of Item 601 of Regulation S-K. TriCo hereby agrees to furnish copies of these instruments to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon request. TriCo Bancshares securities registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 Form of Change of Control Agreement among TriCo, Tri Counties Bank and each of Dan Bailey, Craig Carney, John Fleshood, Richard O’Sullivan, and Thomas Reddish (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to TriCo’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 23, 2013). TriCo’s 2001 Stock Option Plan, as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to TriCo’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2005). TriCo’s 2009 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to TriCo’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed April 3, 2013). Amended Employment Agreement between TriCo and Richard Smith dated as of March 28, 2013 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to TriCo’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed April 3, 2013). Transaction Bonus Agreement between TriCo Bancshares and Richard P. Smith dated as of August 7, 2014 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to TriCo’s Form 8-K filed on August 13, 2014). Tri Counties Bank Executive Deferred Compensation Plan restated April 1, 1992, and January 1, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to TriCo’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2005). Tri Counties Bank Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors effective January 1, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to TriCo’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2005). 2005 Tri Counties Bank Deferred Compensation Plan for Executives and Directors effective January 1, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to TriCo’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2005). Tri Counties Bank Supplemental Retirement Plan for Directors dated September 1, 1987, as restated January 1, 2001, and amended and restated January 1, 2004 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to TriCo’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2004). 2004 TriCo Bancshares Supplemental Retirement Plan for Directors effective January 1, 2004 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to TriCo’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2004). Tri Counties Bank Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan effective September 1, 1987, as amended and restated January 1, 2004 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to TriCo’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2004). 2004 TriCo Bancshares Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan effective January 1, 2004 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 to TriCo’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2004). Form of Joint Beneficiary Agreement effective March 31, 2003 between Tri Counties Bank and each of George Barstow, Dan Bay, Ron Bee, Craig Carney, Robert Elmore, Greg Gill, Richard Miller, Richard O’Sullivan, Thomas Reddish, Jerald Sax, and Richard Smith (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to TriCo’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2003). Form of Joint Beneficiary Agreement effective March 31, 2003 between Tri Counties Bank and each of Don Amaral, William Casey, Craig Compton, John Hasbrook, Michael Koehnen, Donald Murphy, Carroll Taresh, and Alex Vereschagin (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 to TriCo’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2003). Form of Tri Counties Bank Executive Long Term Care Agreement effective June 10, 2003 between Tri Counties Bank and each of Craig Carney, Richard Miller, Richard O’Sullivan, and Thomas Reddish (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16 to TriCo’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2003). 111 Table of Contents 10.16* 10.17* 10.18* 10.19* 10.20* 10.21* 10.22* 10.23* 10.24* 10.25* 10.26* 10.27* 10.28* 10.29* 21.1 23.1 23.2 31.1 31.2 32.1 32.2 Form of Tri Counties Bank Director Long Term Care Agreement effective June 10, 2003 between Tri Counties Bank and each of Don Amaral, William Casey, Craig Compton, John Hasbrook, Michael Koehnen, Carroll Taresh, and Alex Vereschagin (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17 to TriCo’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2003). Form of Indemnification Agreement between TriCo and its directors and executive officers (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to TriCo’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed September 10, 2013). Form of Indemnification Agreement between Tri Counties Bank its directors and executive officers (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to TriCo’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed September 10, 2013). Form of Stock Option, Stock Appreciation Right, Restricted Stock Unit Award, and Performance Share Award Agreements, and Notice of Grant of Stock Option pursuant to TriCo’s 2009 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19 to TriCo’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2017). Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement and Grant Notice for Non-Employee Executives pursuant to TriCo’s 2009 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to TriCo’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed November 14, 2014). Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement and Grant Notice for Directors pursuant to TriCo’s 2009 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to TriCo’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed November 14, 2014). Form of Performance Award Agreement and Grant Notice pursuant to TriCo’s 2009 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to TriCo’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed August 13, 2014). John Fleshood Offer Letter dated November 3, 2016 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to TriCo’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 30, 2016). Amendment to John Fleshood Offer Letter dated December 19, 2016 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to TriCo’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 30, 2016). Peter Wiese Offer Letter dated August 9, 2018 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to TriCo’s current report on Form 8-K filed on August 9, 2018). TriCo's 2019 Equity Incentive Plan Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement and Grant Notice for Non-employee Directors pursuant to TriCo's 2019 Equity Incentive plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 of TriCo's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2019). Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement and Grant Notice for Employees pursuant to TriCo's 2019 Equity Incentive plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 of TriCo's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2019). Form of Performance Award Agreement and Grant Notice pursuant to TriCo's 2019 Equity Incentive plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 of TriCo's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2019). List of Subsidiaries Consent of Moss Adams LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm Consent of Crowe LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification of CEO Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification of CFO Section 1350 Certification of CEO Section 1350 Certification of CFO 101.INS XBRL Instance Document 101.SCH XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document 101.CAL XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document 101.LAB XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document 101.PRE XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document 101.DEF XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document * Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement 112
Continue reading text version or see original annual report in PDF format above